TW449467B - Fluid handling member and absorbent article comprising the same - Google Patents

Fluid handling member and absorbent article comprising the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW449467B
TW449467B TW088109633A TW88109633A TW449467B TW 449467 B TW449467 B TW 449467B TW 088109633 A TW088109633 A TW 088109633A TW 88109633 A TW88109633 A TW 88109633A TW 449467 B TW449467 B TW 449467B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
patent application
fluid treatment
item
fluid
treatment element
Prior art date
Application number
TW088109633A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Fred Desai
Thomas Allen Desmarais
Bruno Johannes Ehrnsperger
Mattias Schmidt
Original Assignee
Procter & Gamble
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Procter & Gamble filed Critical Procter & Gamble
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW449467B publication Critical patent/TW449467B/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/534Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
    • A61F13/537Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer
    • A61F13/5376Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer characterised by the performance of the layer, e.g. acquisition rate, distribution time, transfer time
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15203Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/534Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
    • A61F13/537Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15203Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
    • A61F2013/15284Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency characterized by quantifiable properties
    • A61F2013/15463Absorbency
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15203Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
    • A61F2013/15284Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency characterized by quantifiable properties
    • A61F2013/15487Capillary properties, e.g. wicking
    • A61F2013/1552Capillary properties, e.g. wicking with specific diffusion velocity
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15203Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
    • A61F2013/15284Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency characterized by quantifiable properties
    • A61F2013/15544Permeability
    • A61F2013/15552Air permeability
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F2013/530437Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means
    • A61F2013/530452Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means having chemically-stiffened fibres
    • A61F2013/530459Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means having chemically-stiffened fibres being curled
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F2013/530437Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means
    • A61F2013/530452Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means having chemically-stiffened fibres
    • A61F2013/530467Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a part with elevated absorption means having chemically-stiffened fibres being twisted
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F2013/530802Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium characterized by the foam or sponge other than superabsorbent
    • A61F2013/53081Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium characterized by the foam or sponge other than superabsorbent with special pore dimension or arrangement
    • A61F2013/530817Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium characterized by the foam or sponge other than superabsorbent with special pore dimension or arrangement being open cells

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Orthopedics, Nursing, And Contraception (AREA)
  • Solid-Sorbent Or Filter-Aiding Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is a fluid handling member having improved balance of permeability, ability to release fluid both at full and partial saturation. This member has (i) a sufficiently open structure with a permeability of at least about 1 Darcy at 100% saturation, (ii) the ability readily release the fluid contained therein by having a low capillary sorption desorption height (CSDH 50) of less than about 150 cm, and (iii) a permeability at 50% of their saturation, which is more than about 14% of the permeability at 100% saturation. A preferred execution of such materials comprises an open celled foam material, such as of a high internal phase emulsion (HIPE) type. Such materials are particularly useful for absorbent articles, such as diapers, adult incontinence articles, or feminine hygiene articles.

Description

4 49 46 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(1) 發明之一般潞_ 本發明係關於展現改良液體處理性質,而使其特別有用 於可用來接受液態身體排出物諸如尿液、月經 '汗液、或 低黏度排泄物質之衛生吸收性物件諸如嬰兒尿片、詞練裤 、成人失禁物件、女性衛生物件之流體處理元件。 背景/先前拮蘢 在拋棄式吸收性物件及結構之一般領域中,熟知展現特 定流體分佈性質之材料。此等材料與亦稱爲吸收膠凝材料 或超吸收材料或簡稱爲超吸收劑之高度吸收性材料的引用 支得愈來愈有關聯,此高度吸收性材料確實可提供儲存水 性流體,諸如尿液之良好構件,但其無法增進流體輸送, 且當使用未達最佳設計及/或未達最佳的材料時,甚至會發 生流體輸送的降低,並會發生通常稱爲「凝膠阻塞(gei_ blocking)」❸現象。舉例來説,在將超吸收劑與纖維素纖 維均勻混合的結構中’不應超過某種臨界濃度,此臨界濃 度係與超吸收材料之選擇強烈相關,以不致使吸收芯材之 效用劣化。 因此,有大I的吸收芯材設計出現分離的功效,諸如不 僅包含液體儲存區域或材料,並且包含具有特殊性質以增 進流體之吸取及/或分佈之區域。通常—個區域可同時達到 增進吸取及分佈的目的。 起初對於刀佈材料之要求並不非常高’而將諸如在芯材 中使用作爲包裹層及例如説明於m⑸⑴騰⑻ 中之標準的紙巾材料應用於同時增進流體分佈,如説明於 4 - f靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -----— II · I I I--I I 1 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 w氏張尺度適弓中國國家標準(cns)IF^T^T 的7公餐) 經-部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 44946? 1 1 Λ: Β7 Γ-'Π- 五、發明說明(2 ΕΡ-0 343 941 (Reising)或 US-A-4.578.068 (Kramer)。 可將進一步的發展例舉如下:EP-A-0.397.1 10 (Latimer) 揭示包含溢流處理部分以改良流體處理,具有特定基重量 、吸取時間及殘留濕度之吸收性物件;US-A-4.898.642 (Moore等人)揭示經特殊加抢、化學硬化的纖維素纖維,及 由其製成之吸收性結構;EP-A-0.640.330 (Bewick-Sonniag 等人)揭示將此等纖維使用於具有特定超吸收材料之特定配 置中。 其他的方法目標在於改良纖維素纖維基材料之浸潤 (wicking)性質’諸如 US_a-3.575.1 74 或 US-A-4.781.710, 其中將部分的結構壓縮成較高密度,因而產生較小孔隙, 以例如,沿「浸潤線」或以密閉網狀圖案增加浸潤高度。 由於此等材料有些會展現令人不悦的堅硬感,因而熟知 形成後處理,以改良柔軟度之方法。「形成後處理」係指 在製造或形成紙巾之過程中,替代增加柔軟度或在增加柔 軟度之外,於形成紙巾及將其乾燥後,通常係恰在進一步 的處理,諸如將紙巾與其他材料結合形成吸收芯材或物件 I前,在個別的方法步驟中以機械方式處理紙巾。此等處 理之例子有 US-A-5.1 1 7.540 (Walton)或 US-A-4.440.597 (Wells)。 影響分佈材料之孔隙大小的其他嘗試説明於US-A_ 5.244.482 (Hassenboeh丨er),其目標在於經由使包含可熔融 纖維I纖維結構在一個方向伸展,而降低最大孔隙大小, 及經由熱固化而使形變「凍結」。 J^--------訂---------線 _ J (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)4 49 46 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1) General aspects of the invention _ The invention relates to exhibiting improved liquid handling properties that make it particularly useful for receiving liquid body exudates such as urine, menstrual 'sweat, or Hygienic absorbent articles of low viscosity excretory substances such as fluid handling elements for baby diapers, trousers, adult incontinence articles, feminine hygiene articles. Background / Previous Obstacles Materials that exhibit specific fluid distribution properties are well known in the general field of disposable absorbent articles and structures. These materials are increasingly associated with references to highly absorbent materials, also known as absorbent gelling materials or superabsorbent materials, or superabsorbents for short. This highly absorbent material does provide storage for aqueous fluids such as urine Fluid is a good component, but it cannot improve fluid transport, and even when using suboptimal designs and / or suboptimal materials, a decrease in fluid transport may occur and what is commonly referred to as "gel blocking ( gei_ blocking) "phenomenon. For example, in a structure in which a superabsorbent is uniformly mixed with cellulose fibers, '' should not exceed a certain critical concentration, which is strongly related to the choice of superabsorbent material so as not to deteriorate the effectiveness of the absorbent core material. As a result, there is a separation effect in the design of the absorbent core material with a large I, such as not only containing liquid storage areas or materials, but also areas having special properties to increase the uptake and / or distribution of fluids. Generally, one area can achieve the purpose of improving absorption and distribution at the same time. At first, the requirements for knife cloth materials were not very high, and standard tissue materials such as those used in core materials as a wrapper and, for example, described in M⑸⑴Teng⑻, were used to improve fluid distribution at the same time, as described in 4-fjing (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -----— II · II I--II 1 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, China ’s National Standard (cns) IF ^ T ^ T's 7 public meals) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau 44946? 1 1 Λ: Β7 Γ-'Π- V. Description of the invention (2 EP-0 343 941 (Reising) or US-A-4.578 .068 (Kramer). Further developments can be exemplified as follows: EP-A-0.397.1 10 (Latimer) Reveals the inclusion of an overflow treatment section to improve fluid treatment, with specific basis weight, absorption time and residual moisture absorption Objects; US-A-4.898.642 (Moore et al.) Reveals specially reinforced, chemically hardened cellulose fibers and absorbent structures made from them; EP-A-0.640.330 (Bewick-Sonniag et al.) ) Reveals that these fibers are used in a specific configuration with a specific superabsorbent material. The goal of his method is to improve the wicking properties of cellulosic fiber-based materials, such as US_a-3.575.1 74 or US-A-4.781.710, in which a part of the structure is compressed to a higher density, resulting in smaller pores For example, to increase the wetting height along the "wetting line" or in a closed mesh pattern. Since some of these materials can show an unpleasant hard feeling, it is well known to form post-treatments to improve softness. "After formation `` Treatment '' refers to the process of making or forming a paper towel instead of increasing or in addition to increasing the softness. After forming and drying the paper towel, it is usually just further processing, such as combining paper towels with other materials to form Tissues are mechanically treated in individual method steps before absorbing the core material or article I. Examples of such treatments are US-A-5.1 1 7.540 (Walton) or US-A-4.440.597 (Wells). Affect distribution Other attempts at the pore size of materials are described in US-A_ 5.244.482 (Hassenboeh 丨 er), the goal of which is to reduce the maximum pores by stretching the fiber structure containing the fusible fibers I in one direction. Size, and the deformation is "frozen" by heat curing. J ^ -------- Order --------- Line _ J (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

449467 A7 ----B7 五、發明說明(3 ) 亦發展出特殊的材料複合物,其目標在於可調整孔隙大 小及孔隙大小分佈。此種改良之例子更詳細説明於n 5.549.589 (Horney PCI ^ t WO 97/38654 (Seger 等人)。其兩者疋目標基本上皆在於經由使用經特殊硬化的 纖維素纖維諸如交聯纖維素軟木材纖維,及經由以小而薄 的纖維素纖維諸如由加利樹纖維填充大孔隙,而提供回彈 技 構#篇申请案皆對結構進一步加入提供充足整體性 及強度之構件’第-篇(1^_5 549 589)加人熱塑性纖維並 將其部分熔融,第二篇(W0 97/38654)加入化學黏合劑。 如揭示於EP申請案ΕΡ_α_〇81〇〇78 (γΑ_〇Η等人)中 之另-種方法使用網狀物之特殊的形成後機械處理,因而 賦予改良的流體處理性質,諸如由在某些浸潤高度下之較 高的液體通量速率所説明。 由於希望改良吸收性物件之功效,因而對分佈材料產生 更多的特定需求,以致對多孔性材料有更深入的研究。爲 改良縱向流體分佈’而將高表面積合成纖維應用於吸收性 結構中,諸如説明於美國塑像發明註册(us Invention Registration) H15u 。另一種材料爲發泡结構, 諸如纖維素發泡體,諸如購自法國Sp〇ntex s A。 其他使用於吸收性物件中之聚合泡沫塑料揭示於^^-八· 5.268.224 (DesMarais),#高内相聚合材料,其可用於儲存 液體,及其經由將儲存流體分佈於整個材料,而同時具有 避免局部飽和之能力。 然而,迄今爲止所有此等研究之目標皆在於改良分佈材 -6 - 度遠用争0 Θ家標準(CNS>A.丨規格(21〇 (請先閲讀背面之;i意事項再填寫本頁) —^--------訂---------線· 經濟部智慧財產扃員工消費合作社印製 四7公坌> 449 46 7 Λ7 ______B7____ 五、發明說明(4) 料之浸潤性質,諸如通量、浸潤高度及浸潤時間,但其並 未注意到分佈材料經由液體儲存材料脱水之機構的重要性 ’尤其係^此等材料未冗全飽和時,諸如可能在吸收性物 件中在多次載入之間有關聯。共同提出申請之專利申請案 (代理檔案號碼CΜ1698)已注意到提供具高毛細吸力之儲存 芯材,以使分佈材料脱水之重要性。然而,此方法強烈地 依賴儲存村料之吸力性質。 發明目的 因此’本發明之一目的在於提供可容易脱水,尤其係在 低飽和狀態下可容易脱水之材料。 本發明之另一目的在於提供即使係在低度或中度飽和下 ,仍可更容易輸送液體之材料。 本發明之再一目的在於構成包含此種分佈元件,因而具 有改良液體處理性能之吸收性物件。 總結 本發明係關於在渗透性、在完全及部分飽和下釋放流體 之能力之間具有改良平衡性質之流體處理元件。 明確言之,此等材料經由在1 00%飽和下具有多於約1達 西(Darcy),以多於約2達西較佳,多於8達西又更佳,或 甚至多於100達西之値之滲透性(k( 1〇〇)),而具有充分開放 的結構。 此外,此等材料經由具有低於約1 50公分之在0公分高度 在5〇%容量下之毛細吸附脱附高度(CSDH (Capillary Sorption Desorption Height)50)値,以低於約 100 公分較佳 (CNS)A! ^ > I I Ί I — illllll 'ill] — —— 一6Jtll — 11111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 44946 7 第88109633號專利申請案 7 | 中文說明書修正頁(9〇年元月) $和’厂"_一[ ’ 五、發明説明(5 ) ..... ,低於75公分又更佳,或甚至低於5〇公分,而可容易地 釋放包含於其中之流體。 再者’此等材料具有多於在100%飽和下之滲透性 (k(100))約14%之在其50。/〇飽和下之滲透性k(5〇),以多於 約18%較佳’多於約25%又更佳,或甚至多於约35% β 較佳的材料具有多於在飽和下滲透性之約3.5%之在其 30%飽和下之滲透性k(30),以多於約5%又更佳,或甚至 多於10%。 此種材料之較佳形式包括開孔泡沫材料,諸如高内相乳 劑(11卟£)型> 此種材料尤其有用於吸收性物件,諸如尿片、成人失禁 物件、或女性衛生物件。 圖示簡軍說日3 圖1至4A、4B顯示不同形式之滲透性試驗裝置。 圖1及2A、2B係關於簡化試驗。圖3及4a、係關 .於一般試驗。圖1及3係關於穿越平面滲透性之測量,及 圖2A、2B及4A、4B係關於平面内漆透性。 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消f合作、社印製 ---------^------1T (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本莧) 圖5A-5D-顯示毛細吸附試驗標準(毛細吸附 (Capsorption)) 圖6 -顯示作為吸收性物件例子之尿片 圖7-顯示垂直浸潤通量試驗標準 主要元符號說3卩 20尿片 21〇樣品嚴 -8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 449 46 7 , 第88109633號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁(90年元月) 五、發明説明(5a ) 經濟部中央標舉局負工消費合作杜印製 22 容納组合 216 填隙片 24 表層 220 樣品皿· 26 背層 223 頂部物件 28 吸收芯材 224 封口 30 側條 225 底部物件 32 腿褶邊 226 加熱裝置 34 彈性腰部特點 227 加熱裝置 35 腰帶 232 入口接頭 36 扣接系統 233 出口接頭 38 主扣接系統 317 重物 40 腰封閉系統 320 樣品孤 42 固定元件 321 上方物件 44 起落元件 335 玻料 46 第一附著组件 341 固定裝置 48 第二附著組件 350 入口儲槽 50 定位貼片 356 廢液儲槽 52 外表面 359 第二高度差 54 内表面 370 裝置^ 56 第一腰部區域 372 高度調整裝置 58 弟-一腰部區域 410 試驗樣品 60 周圍 417 重物 62 縱緣 420 樣品脏 64 末緣 426 加熱裝置 66 中心線 427 加熱室 67 縱向中心線 432 流體入口 68 中央區域 433 流體出口 70 側條(在第一腰部區域56) 435 薄膜 72 側條(在第一腰部區域58) 501 垂直滑件 76 彈性體元件 502 玻璃玻料 77 回彈性元件 502A 入口 83 腰部邊緣 502B 出σ 84 内部障壁褶邊 503 管件 85 障壁襟翼 504 管件 86 問隔彈性元件 505 液體儲槽 -8a - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS M4規格(210X297公釐) 449467 第88109633號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁(90年5月) 五、發明説明(讣) 110 圓形樣品 506 儲槽 115 墊片 506A 玻璃盤 120 樣品皿 506B 蓋 121 圓柱形物件(上部) 507 天平 122 圓柱形物件(下部) 508 加熱槽 132 入口接頭 509 (排水)停止旋塞 133 出口接頭 510 停止旋塞 135 篩網 511 玻璃管件 140 調整螺絲 512 天平箱 145 測徑器 515 電腦 150 流體儲槽 520 毛細吸附設備 152 填注線 550 圓柱形夾套漏斗 154 流體儲槽 560 玻璃玻料盤 156 流體儲槽 562 鐵氟龍環 170 高度調整裝置 564 0型環 180 管件 565 圓筒/活塞组合 182 閥 566 圓筒 184 閥 568 活塞 186 閥 570 試驗樣品 188 閥 590 活塞室 189 速釋接頭 910 樣品 190 電腦裝置(閥控制單元) 930 水份偵測輥子 192 溫度探針 940 臂 194 上方壓力偵測點(測量點) 950 滑動架 196 下方壓力偵測點(測量點) 960 流體儲槽 197 差壓訊號電測轉換器 962 流體液位 198 重量磅秤測力器 965 天平(時秤) 199 接頭 970 黏膠帶 980 電腦系統 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社¥聚 n I - - I I I 1·-— 1 氏.....I - -- -I— I 1^1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 詳細說明 此處所使用之術語「流體處理元件」係指典型上至少提 供流體處理功效之吸收性物件的組件。吸收性物件可包含 -拙- 本紙張尺度適用中國图家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X 297公釐) 449 46 7 五、發明說明(6) 一或多個各種流體處理元件,諸如—或多個流體吸取元件 、一或多個流體分佈元件及/或一或多個流體儲存元件。各 此等元件可包含一或多個次元件,其可爲均勻或不均勻, 即各元件可由一種材料或數種材料製成。舉例來説,此等 元件可爲視需要可由次層所組成,及/或視需要可具有不同 的组成、或密度、或厚度之層。 各此等元件可具有特殊的功效,諸如主要提供吸取功效 或主要提供流體儲存功效^或者,元件可具有多重功效, 諸如最早的「只含纖維素」尿片,其中之纖維素絨毛同時 表現吸取、分佈及最終儲存的功效。 「儲存吸收元件」係指主要功用在於最終儲存吸收流體 之吸收芯材的吸收元件。 在本發明之意涵中的「流體分佈元件」係可滿足對流體 分佈功效所提出之需求之元件,而不管元件是否亦具有— 些其他的流體處理功效。 「泥體吸取元件」係指主要設計於當液體到達吸收性物 件時,用來接受液體之部分或吸收芯材。 此處所使用之術語「吸收芯材」係指主要負責物件之流 體處理之吸收性物件的元件,因此包括「流體處理元件」 。因此,吸收芯材典型上並不包括吸收性物件之表層或背 層,雖然在某些情泥中可考慮表層,例如,爲提供特定二 流體吸取性能。 可將吸收芯材分成芯材之「區域」,其中此等「區域」 可表現概述於上之—或多個元件的功效。因此,吸取區域 (請先閱讀背面之;i意事項再填寫本頁) -————I — I ^ --------1 1 :-¾ g (CNS)A-i njx. (1,l0 y } Λ7 449467 五、發明說明(7) 可包括吸取元件(及亦包括其他元件),其可由吸取元件所組 成(別無他物),吸取元件可由吸取材料所組成。或者,吸取 /分佈區域可包括吸取元件及分佈元件兩者。 此處所使用之術語「吸收性物件」係指吸收並容納身體 分泌物之裝置’及更明確言之’係指靠著穿帶者身體或其 附近放置’以吸收並容納自身體排出之各種分泌物之裝置 。此處所使用之術語「體液」包括,但並不限於,尿液、 月經、陰道排出物、汗液及排泄物。 術語「拋棄式」在此係用於説明吸收性物件並不打算經 洗燙,或以其他方式回復或再利用爲吸收性物件(即其係打 算於使用後丟棄,及以可與環境相容的方式再循環、堆肥 或以其他方式處置較佳)。 此處所使用之術語「z-次元」係指與元件、芯材或物件 之長度及寬度正交之次元。z-次元通常係對應於元件、芯 材或物件之厚度。此處所使用之術語「χ_γ次元」係指與 元件、芯材或物件之厚度正交之平面。χ_γ次元通常:分 別對應於元件'芯材或物件之長度及寬度。 此處所使用之術f吾「區域」或「區」係指吸收元件之部 分或切片。因而區域或區可爲二次元(正面/背面),戋可爲 二次元(像是具有三次元延伸之吸取區域,即 Λ 丨便具馬層的形 %)。 此處所使用之術語「層J係指主要次元爲χ_γ,即况其449467 A7 ---- B7 V. Description of the invention (3) A special material composite has also been developed, the goal of which is to adjust the pore size and pore size distribution. An example of this improvement is described in more detail in n 5.549.589 (Horney PCI ^ t WO 97/38654 (Seger et al.). Both of them are basically aimed at using specially hardened cellulose fibers such as crosslinked fibers Resilient soft wood fiber, and by filling small pores with large thin pores such as Gali fiber, and providing rebound technology structure # applications are further added to the structure to provide components with sufficient integrity and strength 'Chapter-Chapter (1 ^ _5 549 589) Add thermoplastic fibers and partially melt them, and the second article (W0 97/38654) adds a chemical binder. As disclosed in EP application EP_α_〇81〇〇78 (γΑ_〇Η and other The other method is the use of a special post-formation mechanical treatment of the mesh, thereby imparting improved fluid handling properties, such as illustrated by the higher liquid flux rates at certain infiltration heights. Since improvements are desired The effectiveness of absorbent articles has created more specific demands on distribution materials, leading to more in-depth research on porous materials. To improve the distribution of longitudinal fluids, high-surface-area synthetic fibers are used for absorption In the structure, such as described in the US Invention Registration H15u. Another material is a foam structure, such as cellulose foam, such as purchased from Spontex s A, France. Others are used in absorbent articles The polymer foam is disclosed in ^^-August 5.268.224 (DesMarais), #High internal phase polymer material, which can be used to store liquids, and its ability to avoid local saturation by distributing the storage fluid throughout the material However, the goal of all of these studies so far has been to improve the distribution material-6-distant use to compete for 0 Θ home standards (CNS > A. 丨 specifications (21〇 (please read the meanings on the back; please fill out this Page) — ^ -------- Order --------- line · Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property, Employee Consumer Cooperatives, 4 and 7 Public 坌 > 449 46 7 Λ7 ______B7____ 5. Description of the invention ( 4) the wetting properties of materials, such as flux, wetting height, and wetting time, but they did not notice the importance of the mechanism of the distribution material dehydration through the liquid storage material 'especially ^ when these materials are not fully saturated, such as possible In absorbent articles There is a correlation between multiple loadings. The co-filed patent application (Agent File No. CM1698) has noted the importance of providing a storage core material with high capillary suction to dehydrate the distribution material. However, this method is strongly Relying on the suction properties of storage materials. Object of the invention 'One object of the present invention is to provide a material that can be easily dehydrated, especially in a low saturation state. Another object of the present invention is to provide a material that can Under moderate saturation, it is still easier to transport liquid materials. A further object of the present invention is to construct an absorbent article including such a distribution element and thus having improved liquid handling properties. Summary The present invention relates to fluid handling elements having improved equilibrium properties between permeability, and the ability to release fluids at full and partial saturation. To be clear, these materials have more than about 1 Darcy at 100% saturation, more than about 2 Darcy is better, more than 8 Darcy is better, or even more than 100 Darcy Nishinoya's permeability (k (100)), and has a fully open structure. In addition, these materials have a capillary adsorption desorption height (CSDH (Capillary Sorption Desorption Height) 50) of less than about 150 cm at 0 cm height and 50% capacity, preferably less than about 100 cm (CNS) A! ^ ≫ II Ί I — illllll 'ill] — —— 6Jtll — 11111 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 44946 7 Patent Application No. 88109633 7 | Chinese Manual Correction Page (January 90) $ 和 '厂 " _ 一 [' V. Description of the invention (5) ....., less than 75 cm is even better, or even less than 50 cm, but can be easily Release the fluid contained in it. Furthermore, these materials have a permeability (k (100)) which is more than about 14% to 50% at 100% saturation. Permeability k (50) under saturation, preferably more than about 18%, 'more than about 25% and better, or even more than about 35% β. Preferred materials have more permeability than under saturation The permeability k (30) at about 3.5% of its sexuality at its 30% saturation is more than about 5% and even better, or even more than 10%. Preferred forms of such materials include open-cell foam materials, such as high internal phase emulsion (11 porphyrin) type > Such materials are particularly useful for absorbent articles such as diapers, adult incontinence articles, or feminine hygiene articles. Figure Jian Jun said on the day 3 Figures 1 to 4A, 4B show different forms of permeability test equipment. Figures 1 and 2A and 2B are for simplified tests. Figures 3 and 4a are related to general tests. Figures 1 and 3 are measurements of the permeability through the plane, and Figures 2A, 2B and 4A, 4B are about the in-plane paint permeability. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standardization, Cooperative, and printed by the society --------- ^ ------ 1T (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this card) Figure 5A-5D -Shows the capillary absorption test standard (Capsorption) Figure 6-Shows a diaper as an example of an absorbent article Figure 7-Shows the vertical infiltration flux test standard The main meta-symbol says 3 卩 20 -This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 449 46 7, No. 88109633 Patent Application Chinese Manual Correction Page (January 90) V. Description of Invention (5a) Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Office work and consumer cooperation Du printed 22 Storage combination 216 Interstitial sheet 24 Surface layer 220 Sample dish 26 Back layer 223 Top object 28 Absorbent core material 224 Seal 30 Side strip 225 Bottom object 32 Leg ruffles 226 Heating device 34 Elastic waist characteristics 227 Heating device 35 Belt 232 Inlet connector 36 Fastening system 233 Outlet connector 38 Main fastening system 317 Weight 40 Waist closure system 320 Sample orphan 42 Fixing element 321 Upper object 44 Lifting element 335 Glass 46 First attachment component 341 Fixing device 48 Second attachment assembly 350 Inlet tank 50 Positioning patch 356 Waste liquid tank 52 Outer surface 359 Second height difference 54 Inner surface 370 Device ^ 56 First waist area 372 Height adjustment device 58 Brother-one waist area 410 Test sample 60 around 417 Weight 62 Longitudinal edge 420 Sample dirty 64 Trailing edge 426 Heating device 66 Centerline 427 Heating chamber 67 Longitudinal centerline 432 Fluid inlet 68 Central area 433 Fluid outlet 70 Side bar (in the first waist area 56) 435 Film 72 Side strips (in the first waist region 58) 501 Vertical slider 76 Elastomer element 502 Glass frit 77 Resilient element 502A Inlet 83 Waist edge 502B Out σ 84 Internal barrier frill 503 Pipe fitting 85 Barrier flap 504 Pipe fitting 86 Partition Elastic Element 505 Liquid Storage Tank-8a-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS M4 specification (210X297 mm) 449467 No. 88109633 Patent Application Chinese Specification Amendment Page (May 90) V. Description of the invention (讣) 110 Round sample 506 Storage tank 115 Gasket 506A Glass plate 12 0 Sample vessel 506B Cover 121 Cylindrical object (top) 507 Balance 122 Cylindrical object (lower) 508 Heating tank 132 Inlet connection 509 (drain) Stop cock 133 Outlet connection 510 Stop cock 135 Screen 511 Glass tube 140 Adjustment screw 512 Balance Box 145 Caliper 515 Computer 150 Fluid storage tank 520 Capillary adsorption equipment 152 Filling line 550 Cylindrical jacketed funnel 154 Fluid storage tank 560 Glass tray 156 Fluid storage tank 562 Teflon ring 170 Height adjustment device 564 Type 0 Ring 180 Fitting 565 Cylinder / piston combination 182 Valve 566 Cylinder 184 Valve 568 Piston 186 Valve 570 Test sample 188 Valve 590 Piston chamber 189 Quick release joint 910 Sample 190 Computer unit (valve control unit) 930 Moisture detection roller 192 Temperature Probe 940 Arm 194 Pressure detection point (measurement point) above 950 Slide 196 Pressure detection point (measurement point) below 960 Fluid storage tank 197 Differential pressure signal electrical transducer 962 Fluid level 198 Weight scale dynamometer 965 Balance (time scale) 199 Connector 970 Adhesive tape 980 Computer system Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Company ¥ 聚 n I--III 1 · -— 1's ..... I---I— I 1 ^ 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Detailed description of the terms used here "Fluid treatment element" means a component of an absorbent article that typically provides at least a fluid treatment effect. Absorptive articles may contain-Humble-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese charter standards (CNS > A4 size (210X 297 mm) 449 46 7 V. Description of the invention (6) One or more various fluid processing elements, such as-or Multiple fluid absorbing elements, one or more fluid distribution elements, and / or one or more fluid storage elements. Each of these elements may include one or more secondary elements, which may be uniform or non-uniform, i.e. each element may be composed of one Material or several materials. For example, these elements may be composed of sub-layers as needed, and / or layers of different composition, or density, or thickness, as required. Each of these elements may have Special effects, such as mainly providing absorption or fluid storage ^ Or, the component can have multiple effects, such as the earliest "cellulose-only" diapers, in which the cellulose villi simultaneously exhibited absorption, distribution, and ultimate storage Efficacy. "Storage Absorptive Element" means an absorbent element whose main function is to ultimately store an absorbent core material that absorbs fluid. "Fluid Distribution Element" within the meaning of the present invention A component that meets the requirements for the efficiency of fluid distribution, whether or not the component also has some other fluid treatment effect. "Mud suction element" refers to a device designed to receive liquid when it reaches the absorbent article Or the absorbent core material. The term "absorbent core material" as used herein refers to an element of an absorbent article that is primarily responsible for the fluid treatment of the article, and thus includes a "fluid treatment element". Therefore, the absorbent core material typically does not include The surface layer or back layer of the absorbent article, although the surface layer may be considered in some cases, for example, to provide specific two-fluid absorption performance. The absorbent core material may be divided into "areas" of the core material, where these "areas" may be The performance is summarized in the above—the efficacy of multiple components. Therefore, the absorption area (please read the back of the first; i matter before filling out this page) -———— I — I ^ -------- 1 1: -¾ g (CNS) Ai njx. (1, l0 y) Λ7 449467 V. Description of the invention (7) may include a suction element (and other elements), which may be composed of a suction element (nothing else) , Suction component It may be composed of absorbent material. Alternatively, the absorbent / distribution area may include both the absorbent element and the distributive element. As used herein, the term "absorbent article" means a device that absorbs and contains body secretions' and, more specifically, " Refers to a device placed against or near the wearer's body to absorb and contain various secretions excreted by the body. The term "body fluid" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, urine, menstruation, vaginal discharge, Sweat and feces. The term "disposable" is used here to indicate that the absorbent article is not intended to be laundered, or otherwise recovered or reused as an absorbent article (ie, it is intended to be discarded after use, and It can be recycled, composted, or otherwise disposed of in an environmentally compatible manner). As used herein, the term "z-dimension" refers to a dimension that is orthogonal to the length and width of the component, core material or object. The z-dimension usually corresponds to the thickness of the component, core material or object. The term "χ_γ dimension" as used herein refers to a plane orthogonal to the thickness of the component, core material or object. The χ_γ dimension usually corresponds to the length and width of the component's core material or object, respectively. As used herein, the term "area" or "area" refers to a portion or slice of an absorbent element. Therefore, the area or region can be a two-dimensional element (front / back), and 戋 can be a two-dimensional element (such as an absorption region with a three-dimensional extension, that is, Λ 丨 will have the shape of a horse layer). The term "layer J" as used herein means that the major dimension is χ_γ,

長度及寬度之吸收元件。應明瞭術語層並 D „„ „ . 1 叱係限定於 早3或材料之薄層。因此,層可包括必需類型材料之數個 -10 ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂----------. ^--智慧財屋局裒工消赀"^."-"'·,- V1- _. . 一, >» 经;5'3;:智«·財產总0 工:;e!ft'':l :ν-7..ϊ.·..Γ. 4 49 46 7 A7 -------B7_______ 五、發明說明(8 ) 薄層或網狀物的層壓製品或組合。因此,術語「層」包括 術語「多層」及「層狀」。 對於本發明,應明瞭術語「上方」係指最靠近吸收性物 件之牙帶者,且典型上係面對吸收性物件之表層的吸收元 件,諸如層;反之,術語「下方」係指最遠離吸收性物件 之穿帶者,且典型上係面對背層的吸收元件。 除非特別指明,否則此處使用之所有百分比、比及比例 係以重量計算。 改良的分佑元林 對於分佈元件之需求可由觀察元件或包含於該元件中之 材料而決i因此,需使全體元件或其中之各別材料滿足 本發明所提出之需求。 因此,分佈元件或可有用於根據本發明之此等元件之材 料可由以下之重要參數作説明: 首先爲在元件或材料完全飽和下之滲透性沙丨〇〇)。習知之 分佈材料的此滲透性係經取得平衡,以在對流體流動具有 極少阻力(即高參透性)與具有充分的毛細管壓力以提供浸 潤性質,諸如由較小的孔隙大小所產生(即較低譽透性)之間 求得最佳値。在完全飽和下之滲透性(kl〇〇)一般應爲多於i 達西(1達西相當於9.869.10七平方米),以多於2達西較佳 ’或甚至8達西’或多於100達西又更佳。完全飽和可利用 在後文説明爲最大吸收量之毛細吸附試驗測定,其相當於 在〇公分高度下之毛細吸附吸收容量結果(CSAC (CapiuaryAbsorptive element of length and width. The term layer should be clear and D „„ „. 1 is limited to early 3 or a thin layer of material. Therefore, the layer can include several of the required type of material -10 -Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- Order ----------. ^-Smart Wealth House Bureau's Labor Consumption " ^. &Quot;-" '·,-V1- _.. 1 ≫»Jing;5'3;: Chi« · Total Property 0 Workers:; e! Ft '': l: ν-7..ϊ. · ..Γ. 4 49 46 7 A7 ----- --B7 _______ 5. Description of the invention (8) Laminates or combinations of thin layers or nets. Therefore, the term "layer" includes the terms "multilayer" and "layered". For the present invention, it should be understood that the term "above" refers to the dental belt closest to the absorbent article, and is typically an absorbent element, such as a layer, that faces the surface layer of the absorbent article; conversely, the term "below" means the farthest away The wearer of an absorbent article is typically an absorbent element facing the back layer. Unless otherwise specified, all percentages, ratios, and proportions used herein are by weight. The requirements of the improved Fenyou Yuanlin for the distribution element can be determined by the observation element or the material contained in the element. Therefore, it is necessary to make the entire element or the individual materials therein meet the requirements proposed by the present invention. Therefore, the distribution element or the material that may be used for these elements according to the present invention can be explained by the following important parameters: First, the permeability sand at which the element or material is completely saturated. This permeability of conventional distribution materials is balanced to provide minimal resistance to fluid flow (i.e. high permeability) and sufficient capillary pressure to provide wetting properties, such as those produced by smaller pore sizes (i.e. Low reputation transparency). Permeability (k100) under full saturation should generally be more than i Darcy (1 Darcy is equivalent to 9.869.10 seven square meters), more than 2 Darcy is better 'or even 8 Darcy' or More than 100 Darcy is even better. Full saturation can be measured using a capillary adsorption test described later as the maximum absorption amount, which is equivalent to the capillary adsorption absorption capacity result at a height of 0 cm (CSAC (Capiuary

Sorption Absorption Capacity)。) 〇 *11- ii S ίΐ — (CNS^/\4 x ^ ^ 't--------訂---------線,' (靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _"--智^-財產局員工^-鲁··--'-1-^. 449 46? , A: _ _ B7 五、發明說明(9) 其次爲滲透性對飽和度之相關性。在先前的材料設計考 量中尚未考慮到此性質,且習知的材料具有強烈的次比例 (Sub-proporti〇nai)行爲,即在低於1〇〇%飽和度下之實際滲 透性較如在實際滲透性與飽和之間爲線性相關時其應有之 値顯著爲低。 “ 第二爲毛細吸附壓力,即毛細吸附脱附壓力,諸如在説 明於後文之毛細吸附試驗中所測量。此參數說明材料或元 件釋放液體,以履行其在吸收性物件中作爲分佈元件之角 色的能力。 另外,分佈材料可滿足在説明於後文之垂直浸潤通量試 驗中之高流體通量速率的需纟,且此通常爲較佳。材料在 15公分之浸潤高度下提供至少〇 〇45克/平方公分/秒之通量 較佳,多於0.06克/平方公分/秒更佳,及多於o 平方 公分/秒又更佳。 經由小心地選擇滿足此等參數之正確取捨的材料,可使 吸收性結構及/或各別物件獲得重要的利益。 首先,液體分佈材料於經負載諸如噴湧的尿液後,其可 容易地脱水。此與使此等材料可準備好接受後續之載入, 如在實際使用中經常發生者有關。 ' 其次,此等材料使液體可有更均勾的液體分#,即使係 在相較於設計容量甚小之負載下。此對於目標在於經由避 免大量液體累積於物件之某些區域以維持在穿帶者身上之 改良貼身,而非目標在於使儲存液體均勻分佈之設計中甚 至更爲重要。 -12- <請先閉讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 ----訂.--------I < ^ ί -.1 i'b S 1- ίί — (C\h^A4 V-1U ^ 'S-j7 ^ *4 ) 449467 A: B7 五、發明說明(1〇) 第三,如材料亦滿足高通量的需求,則液體可反抗重力 而良好且快速地分佈均勾。如打算使流體之最終儲存遠離 於載入區或範圍,則此尤其變得有關聯。因此,此等材料 尤其可有用於諸如説明在1997年3月27日提出申請之PCT 申請案US 97/05046中之芯材設計。 材料或元件之滲透性係利用説明於後文之滲透性試驗測 定。 不希望受理論之限制,據信實際的滲透性k{ S }與飽和度 之間有相關性,其對於許多相關系統可由以下方程式(亦參 見J. Bear、Haifa,「多孔性介質中之流體動力pynamics〇f fluids in p〇rous media)」,多佛出版公司(D〇ver PubUcati〇ns, Inc.)出版,紐約,1988,尤其係461頁及其下、49i頁及 其下)概算: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) k{S} = k{100}*{sSorption Absorption Capacity). ) 〇 * 11- ii S ίΐ — (CNS ^ / \ 4 x ^ ^ 't -------- Order --------- line,' (Jing first read the precautions on the back and then (Fill in this page) _ "-Zhi ^ -Property Bureau staff ^ -Lu ·· --'- 1- ^. 449 46? Relevance. This property has not been taken into account in previous material design considerations, and the known materials have a strong Sub-proportionai behavior, that is, actual penetration below 100% saturation It is significantly lower than what it should be when there is a linear correlation between actual permeability and saturation. "The second is capillary adsorption pressure, that is, capillary adsorption desorption pressure, such as in the capillary adsorption test described later. Measured. This parameter describes the ability of a material or element to release liquid to fulfill its role as a distribution element in an absorbent article. In addition, the distribution material can satisfy the high fluid flow in the vertical infiltration flux test described later. The rate of measurement is required, and this is usually better. The material provides a pass of at least 0,045 g / cm2 / s at a wetting height of 15 cm. Preferably, more than 0.06 grams per square centimeter per second is better, and more than o square centimeter per second is even better. By carefully selecting materials that meet these parameters correctly, the absorbent structure and / or each Important benefits are obtained from other objects. First, liquid distribution materials can be easily dehydrated after being loaded with urine such as gushing urine. This makes these materials ready for subsequent loading, as often occurs in actual use Secondly, these materials allow the liquid to have a more uniform liquid fraction, even under a load that is very small compared to the designed capacity. The goal is to avoid the accumulation of large amounts of liquid in certain areas of the object. In order to maintain the improved fit on the wearer, it is even more important in the design that the storage liquid is evenly distributed. -12- < Please close the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Pack --- -Order .-------- I < ^ ί -.1 i'b S 1- ίί — (C \ h ^ A4 V-1U ^ 'S-j7 ^ * 4) 449467 A: B7 five 3. Description of the invention (10) Third, if the material also meets the requirements of high throughput, the liquid can resist gravity Distribute well and quickly. This is especially relevant if the final storage of the fluid is intended to be kept away from the loading zone or range. Therefore, this material is particularly useful for illustrations such as those proposed on March 27, 1997 The core material design in the applied PCT application US 97/05046. The permeability of a material or element is determined using a permeability test described later. It is not intended to be limited by theory, and it is believed that the actual permeability k {S} There is a correlation between saturation and saturation, which can be determined by the following equations for many related systems (see also J. Bear, Haifa, "pynamics〇f fluids in p〇rous media", Dover Publishing Company (D〇ver PubUcatións, Inc.), New York, 1988, especially pages 461 and below, pages 49i and below) Estimates: (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) k {S} = k {100} * {s

SDP 4 財 .¾ t 其中k表不以達西爲單位之滲透性:及SDp代表描述3 比例仃爲义無因次指數或飽和相關性參數 Dependency Parameter)。S 表示自 飽和度,其中 之値係對應於完全飽和(即在零外部及/或毛細管壓力'下々 1 0 0 %飽和)。 對於分佈材料之習知設計準則將焦點放在高的飽和下译 =細0。)上’其當然可獲致具有極少或沒有浸潤能力泛 十其中基本上應控制「自逢 /此動政策」,但並非對分佈材料 1社,, ρ料。此種材料將具有非常差 13- i i衣·--I I I I 丨訂-丨! I —--- (CN^;A! 449 467 五::-.- --- -------1____________ &;ifi:-1?uv&,ia'WK 工消 f .>J-'v.t..!-r-'k A7 B7 發明說明(η) 的浸潤狀態下輸送性質,諸如 66 Μ ^ -Γ 0 久抗重力之輸送。此種極端 的f生貝可見於習知的吸取材料 由社安cn 十雖然諸如説明於歐洲專利 申凊案£Ρ-Α-0‘ 809,99丨中之分佑 千 ,心刀佈材料可提供浸潤能力及自 由沭動控制(組合,但仍係在完全飽和狀餌下。 根據本發明之材料展現至少丨達西之料性…叫以至 V2達西較佳。較高的渗透性値可對流體輸送提供再更少降 低的阻力,且爲較佳,只要此係在不達反文中所提出之其 他而求下達到即可。尤其,具有多於8達西或甚至多於_ 達西之滲透性之材料可能非常適當。 如可由方程式看到,SDP參數之値愈高,則説明系統具 =較強的次比例行爲如SDP等於i,則將存在線性關係。 習知的分体材料展現強烈的次比例行爲,諸如可由具有3 以上乏値的SDP所説明。對於此一値,在5〇%飽和下之滲 透性只有在100%飽和下之滲透性的丨2 5%,因此,接受及 分佈其他液體負載之能力亦劇烈地降低。 因此’根據本發明之材料具有低於3之SDP値,以低於 2.75較佳,低於2·5又更佳,及低於2之値再更佳。此等値 相當於在50%飽和下之滲透性多於在1 〇〇%飽和下之滲透性 的14%,以多於約〖8〇/〇較佳,多於約25 0/0又更佳,及多於 3 5 %之値再更佳。此等値相當於在3 〇 %飽和下之滲透性多於 在1 0 0 %飽和下之滲透性的約3.5 % ’以多於約5 %較佳,多 於約10%又更佳。 於後文提出之簡化滲透性試驗可測量「穿越平面」滲透 性,即在所測定樣品之厚度次元的滲透性’及利用改良的 -14- .^--------訂------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 線- 449467 A: B7 :ΐ.'2'·-3;:ΐτ«材產局5㈡工消 f 五、發明說明(12) 樣品m ’亦可測量「平面内」渗透性。對於許多材料,諸 如各向同性發泡泡沫塑料’穿越平面及平面内渗透性基本 上將相同。此簡化滲透性試驗提供用於測量兩特殊狀態之 滲透性之簡單的試驗裝置:可對各式各樣的多孔性材料( 諸如由合成纖維製成之不織布,或纖維素結構)在1〇〇%飽和 下測量參透性:或對達到不同飽和度,而在厚度上有成比 例變化,但未被空氣填充(分別爲外部的汽相)之材料,可容 易地在不同的厚度下測量在不同飽和度下之渗透性。 例如,所說明之可消癟的泡沫塑料展現視流體負載程度 或飽和度而定之厚度,即其在飽和τ具有某個厚度,而由 於泡沐塑料之孔隙大小當將液體自其中移除時會消疼,因 而此厚度當移除流體時會降低。反之,可設定某個厚度, 以々定義某個載入程度。因此,對於此種材料,可容易地應 用簡化麥透性試驗,以測定渗透性對飽和的相關性。 説明於後文之-般料性試驗可有用於測定—般之多孔 2料之渗透性對飽和的相關性,此多孔性材料諸如纖維 塑料。冑或孔隙大小基本上與潤濕程度無關之泡沫 根據本發明之材料或元件之另一 放认件六人μ 室要而求烏其將流體釋 攻...e储存介質之能力。此反 滯U 刀怖材枓或疋件不應使液體 邱毐太長的時間,而僅應滯留將流 在鉍Μ Y 士 了1L 輸运至疋件之適當儲 存材枓所需疋時間的事實。 說明此性質之—適當參數爲如 Λ π ο 丨7件仕不同毛細管壓 下接文及釋放流體之能力所測定 1 J疋疋毛細吸附脱附壓力, !. 裝--------訂---------線, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本真〕 -15-SDP 4 Choi. ¾ t where k represents the permeability in Darcy: and SDp stands for description 3 Proportion (the meaning is dimensionless index or saturation dependence parameter). S stands for self-saturation, where 値 corresponds to full saturation (ie 々 100% saturation at zero external and / or capillary pressure '). Conventional design guidelines for distributed materials focus on high saturation = fine 0. ) Above, of course, it can be obtained with little or no infiltration ability. Among them, the "self-response / movement policy" should basically be controlled, but not for distribution materials. This kind of material will have very poor 13- i i clothing --- I I I I 丨 order- 丨! I ----- (CN ^; A! 449 467 5 :: -.- --- ------- 1____________ &; ifi: -1? Uv &, ia'WK 工 消 f. ≫ J-'vt.!-R-'k A7 B7 Description of the invention The transport properties in the immersed state of (η), such as 66 M ^ -Γ 0 long anti-gravity transport. Such extreme f. The material is provided by Social Security cn. Although it is described in the European patent application £ Ρ-Α-0 '809,99, the material of the heart knife cloth can provide infiltration ability and free movement control (combination, but still It is under a fully saturated bait. The material according to the present invention exhibits at least 丨 Darcy's materiality ... It is better to call V2 Darcy. Higher permeability 値 can provide less reduced resistance to fluid transport, and is Preferably, as long as this is achieved without reaching the other points mentioned in the essay. In particular, materials with permeability of more than 8 Darcy or even more than _ Darcy may be very suitable. As can be seen from the equation Therefore, the higher the SDP parameter is, the higher the ratio of the system to the subscale behavior. If the SDP is equal to i, there will be a linear relationship. The conventional split materials show a strong subscale. Behavior, such as can be illustrated by an SDP with a depletion of 3 or more. For this one, the permeability at 50% saturation is only 25% at 100% saturation. Therefore, other liquids are accepted and distributed The capacity of the load is also drastically reduced. Therefore, 'the material according to the present invention has an SDP of less than 3, preferably less than 2.75, more preferably less than 2.5, and even more preferably less than 2. This The equivalent is equivalent to 14% permeability at 50% saturation and 100% saturation at saturation, preferably more than about 80/0, more than about 25 0/0 and better. And more than 35% is even better. These are equivalent to about 3.5% of permeability at 30% saturation more than 100% of saturation 'to more than about 5% It is better, more than about 10%, and even better. The simplified permeability test proposed later can measure the "cross-plane" permeability, that is, the permeability in the thickness dimension of the measured sample, and use the improved -14-. ^ -------- Order ------ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Line-449467 A: B7: ΐ.'2 '· -3;: ΐτ «Materials Bureau 5㈡ 工 消 f (12) Sample m 'can also measure "in-plane" permeability. For many materials, such as isotropic foam foam' permeability across and in-plane will be essentially the same. This simplified permeability test is provided for measuring Simple test device for permeability in two special states: Permeability can be measured for a wide variety of porous materials (such as non-woven fabrics made of synthetic fibers, or cellulose structures) at 100% saturation: or Materials that reach different saturation and have a proportional change in thickness but are not filled with air (respectively the external vapor phase) can easily measure the permeability at different thicknesses at different thicknesses. For example, the illustrated defoamable foam exhibits a thickness depending on the degree of fluid load or saturation, that is, it has a certain thickness at saturation τ, and due to the pore size of the foam, when the liquid is removed from it, Pain relief, so this thickness decreases when fluid is removed. Conversely, a certain thickness can be set to define a certain loading degree. Therefore, for this material, a simplified wheat permeability test can be easily applied to determine the correlation between permeability and saturation. It will be described later that the general-material test can be used to determine the correlation between saturation and permeability of porous materials, such as fibrous plastics.泡沫 or foam whose pore size is essentially independent of the degree of wetting. Another material of the material or element according to the present invention is a six-person μ chamber, which requires its ability to release fluid ... e storage medium. This anti-lagging tool or material should not cause the liquid to be too long, but should only be held for the time required to transport 1L of bismuth to the proper storage material of the material. fact. Explanation of this property—the appropriate parameter is 1 J 疋 疋 Capillary adsorption and desorption pressure, as determined by the ability of Λ π ο 丨 7 pieces of capillary pressure to receive and release fluid under different capillary pressure. Order --------- line, (Please read the notes on the back before filling in the real] -15-

4 49 46 7 Λ: ____Β7___ 五、發明說明(13) 此毛細管壓力係當將元件置於吸收性物件中時一般所會遭 遇到,在此以水柱高(「毛細管高度」)之單位測定。毛細吸 附吸收容量試驗(在此亦稱爲毛細吸附試驗)測量當將材料 或元件置於毛細吸附裝置上之不同高度時,每克吸收元件 或材料所吸收或釋放之試驗流體量。毛細吸附吸收容量試 驗更詳細地説明於以下的試驗方法段落,其產生材料在〇 公分吸附高度下釋放出50%流體量之毛細吸附脱附高度 (CSDH 50)- 可有用於本發明之情況的材料應具有低於丨5〇公分之 CSDH 50,以低於1 〇〇公分較佳,低於75公分又更佳或甚 至低於50公分。 尤其可有效供本發明使用之材料爲親水性、軟質的互連 開孔聚合泡沫塑料結構。 關於此種泡沫塑料,泡沫塑料之機械強度可爲當泡沫塑 料釋放出其液體時,其將在相關之毛細管壓力下消癟。消 癟的過程使有效泡沫塑料容量降低與泡沫塑料之密度有關 的實質因子,如説明於後文。此消癟如在整個結構上相當 均勻的話,亦可降低在液體侵入點固定不動之液體量^在 此方面,泡沫塑料之強度較由泡沫塑料所產生之毛知管壓 力低,以致當水性液體被芯、材之儲存組件移除時,泡朱塑 料將會消癟。毛細管壓力在此主要係經由調整泡沐塑料之 泡孔大小而控制(其與每單位體積之表面積有相反關係)。強 度係由交聯密度及泡沐塑料密度之組合控制,其可表示爲 如定義於後文之每單位體積的交聯密度。交聯劑之類型及 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝---- 訂---------線 -16 - 449467 AT B7 d': 智 u jZr t ------ 五、發明說明(14) 其他共單體亦會有影響。 可有::此之聚合泡沐塑料爲相當開孔的聚合泡沐塑料 。在此寺貫質上的開孔泡沫塑料結構中之泡孔具有夠大, 而使液體可在泡朱塑料結構内,容易地自—個泡孔轉移至 另一泡孔之泡孔間開口或「窗」。 此等實質上的開孔泡沫塑料結構一般將具有網狀特性, 其中個別的泡孔係由多數互相連接的立體分支網狀物所界 足。可將組成此等分支網狀物之聚合材料的絲束稱爲「支 柱」。對於本發明,如在泡沫塑料結構中,大小至少爲! 微米之泡孔的至少眺與至少一個相鄰泡孔有流體互通, 則此泡沫材料爲「開孔」。 除了爲開孔外,此等聚合泡朱塑料爲充分親水性,以使 泡泳塑料可吸收水性液體。泡床塑料結構之内表面藉由殘 留的表面活性劑及/或於聚合後殘留於泡沫塑料結構 中,鹽,或,由如説明於後文之選定的聚合後泡泳塑料處 理程序而成爲親水性。 此等聚合泡_料的「親水性」程度可由當其與可吸收 4驗液體接觸時所展現的「黏合張力」値而量化。此等泡 $塑料所展現的黏合張力可使用對已知尺寸及毛細吸力比 表面紅樣品測量試驗液體(例如,合成床液)之重量吸收量 (程序’而經實驗測定。此―程序更詳細地説明於測年 2月7日發證之美國專利號數5,387,2q7 (_等人)之試驗 万法段洛,將此篇專利以提及的方式併入本文中。可有效 作為本發明之分佈材科之料塑料—般爲當利用具有㈣ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 壯衣·---11--ή11·-----I I- - ,4 49 46 7 Λ: ____ Β7 ___ V. Description of the invention (13) This capillary pressure is generally encountered when the element is placed in an absorbent article. It is measured in units of water column height ("capillary height"). The Capillary Absorption Capacity Test (also referred to herein as the Capillary Absorption Test) measures the amount of test fluid absorbed or released per gram of absorbent element or material when the material or element is placed at different heights on a capillary adsorption device. The capillary adsorption and absorption capacity test is described in more detail in the following test method paragraph, which produces a capillary adsorption desorption height (CSDH 50) that releases 50% of the fluid volume at an adsorption height of 0 cm-which may be used in the case of the present invention The material should have a CSDH 50 of less than 50 cm, preferably less than 1000 cm, even more preferably less than 75 cm or even less than 50 cm. Particularly useful materials for the present invention are hydrophilic, flexible interconnected open-cell polymeric foam structures. With regard to this type of foam, the mechanical strength of the foam may be such that when the foam releases its liquid, it will dissipate under the associated capillary pressure. The elimination process reduces the effective foam capacity by a substantial factor related to the density of the foam, as explained later. This elimination can also reduce the amount of liquid that is fixed at the point of liquid intrusion if it is fairly uniform throughout the structure. ^ In this respect, the strength of foamed plastic is lower than that of the capillary tube produced by foamed plastic. When removed by the core and material storage components, foam plastic will disappear. Capillary pressure is mainly controlled here by adjusting the cell size of the foam (which is inversely related to the surface area per unit volume). Strength is controlled by a combination of crosslink density and foam density, which can be expressed as the crosslink density per unit volume as defined below. Types of crosslinkers and (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Pack ---- Order --------- line-16-449467 AT B7 d ': 智 u jZr t- ---- V. Description of the invention (14) Other comonomers will also have an effect. Available :: This polymer foam is quite open-cell polymer foam. The cells in the open-cell foamed plastic structure on this temple are large enough so that the liquid can be easily transferred from one cell to the other cell open or "window". Such substantially open-cell foamed plastic structures will generally have a reticulated nature, with individual cells being bounded by a plurality of interconnected three-dimensional branched networks. The tow of the polymeric material that makes up these branched networks can be referred to as a "pillar." For the present invention, as in a foam structure, the size is at least! At least one cell of the micron has fluid communication with at least one adjacent cell, and the foam material is "open cell". In addition to being open-celled, these polymeric foam plastics are sufficiently hydrophilic so that the foams can absorb aqueous liquids. The inner surface of the foam bed plastic structure is rendered hydrophilic by residual surfactants and / or polymer foam residues after polymerization, salts, or by a selected post-polymerization foaming plastic treatment procedure as described later. Sex. The degree of "hydrophilicity" of these polymeric foam materials can be quantified by the "adhesive tension" exhibited when they come into contact with the absorbable liquid. The adhesive tension exhibited by these foams can be determined experimentally by measuring the weight absorption (test procedure) of a test liquid (eg, synthetic bed fluid) for a sample of known size and capillary suction ratio surface red (this procedure is more detailed The description of the test Wanfa Duanluo of US Patent No. 5,387,2q7 (_ et al.) Issued on February 7th of the test year is incorporated herein by reference. This patent can be effectively used as the invention The material of the distribution material department of plastic-generally used when there is ㈣ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Zhuang Yi · --- 11--ή11 · ----- I I--,

44^467 五、發明說明(15) 達因(dyne)/公分之表面張力之合成尿液之毛細吸力吸收量 測定時,展現自约15至約65達因/公分之黏合張力値,以 自約2 0至約6 5達因/公分更佳之泡泳塑料。 此等泡沫塑料之一重要態樣爲其玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)。Tg 代表在聚合物之破璃與橡膠態之間的轉移中點。具有較使 用溫度鬲之Tg之泡沫塑料可能相當強,但亦可能非常硬, 而有易破裂的潛在性。此種泡沫塑料亦有在應力下蠕變的 傾向,且當在較聚合物之Tg冷的溫度下使用時回彈性差。 機械性質,明確言之爲強度及回彈性之期望組合,典型上 需要適當地選擇單體類型範圍及量値,以獲致此等期望性 質。 對於有用於本發明之分佈泡末塑料,Tg應儘可能地低, 只要泡沫塑料具有可接受的強度即可。因&,儘可能地選 擇可提供具有較低T g之相關均聚物之單體。 聚合物之玻璃轉移區域之形狀亦可能相當重要,即其成 溫度之函數而爲窄或寬。此玻璃轉移區域之形狀在聚合物 之使用中溫度(通常爲室溫或體溫)係在Tg或接近Tg之情況 下尤其有關。舉例來説,較寬的轉移區域可能意味轉移在 使用中溫度下不完全。典型上,如轉移在使用中溫度下不 完全,則聚合物將展現較大的剛性,且回彈性較低。反之 ’如轉移在使用中溫度下完全,則聚合物可展現較快速地 自壓縮狀態回復1此’希望能控制聚合物之τ g及轉移區 域之寬度,以獲致期望的機械性質。一般而言,聚合物之 Tg較使用中溫度低至少約lor較佳。❿及轉移區 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------44 ^ 467 V. Description of the invention (15) When the capillary suction absorption of synthetic urine with a surface tension of dyne / cm is measured, the adhesive tension from about 15 to about 65 dyne / cm is displayed. About 20 to about 65 dyne / cm is better. One important aspect of these foams is their glass transition temperature (Tg). Tg represents the midpoint of the transition between the polymer's broken glass and the rubbery state. Foams with Tg at a higher temperature may be quite strong, but they may also be very hard and have the potential to crack. Such foams also tend to creep under stress and have poor resilience when used at temperatures colder than the polymer's Tg. Mechanical properties, specifically the desired combination of strength and resilience, typically require the proper selection of the range and amount of monomer types to achieve these desired properties. For distributed foam plastics useful in the present invention, the Tg should be as low as possible, so long as the foam has acceptable strength. Because of &, as far as possible, monomers are selected that provide a related homopolymer with a lower Tg. The shape of the glass transition region of the polymer may also be significant, i.e. it is narrow or wide as a function of temperature. The shape of this glass transition region is particularly relevant where the temperature of the polymer (usually room temperature or body temperature) is at or near Tg. For example, a wider transfer area may mean that the transfer is incomplete at the temperature in use. Typically, if the transfer is incomplete at the temperature in use, the polymer will exhibit greater rigidity and lower resilience. Conversely, 'if the transfer is complete at the temperature in use, the polymer can exhibit a faster self-compressed state recovery1' It is hoped that the τ g of the polymer and the width of the transfer region can be controlled to obtain the desired mechanical properties. In general, the Tg of the polymer is preferably at least about lor lower than the temperature during use. ❿ and transfer area (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -------- Order ---------

4 49 46 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(16) 度係得自動態機械分析(DMA)測量中之損耗角正切(i〇ss tangent)對溫度曲線,如説明於1996年10月8日發證之美 國專利號數5,563,179 (Stone等人))。 有用於本發明之聚合泡ί末塑料可以許多參數作説明。 有用於本發明之泡沫塑料可反抗重力而將水性液體浸 '潤 至明顯高度,例如,至少約1 5公分。停留於泡沫塑料内之 液柱產生明顯的可縮小毛細管壓力。泡沫塑料將會在由泡 本塑料之強度(壓縮中)及泡沫塑料之每單位體積之表面積 兩者所決定之高度下消癟。此高度爲以公分表示之毛細管 消癟壓力(CCP ; Capillary Collapse pressure),在此高度下 將失去在零壓力落差下之5〇%的泡沫塑料體積。有用於本 發明 < 較佳的分佈泡沫塑料將具有至少約1 5公分之CCp, 至少約20公分更佳,至少约25公分又更佳。典型上,較佳 :分佈泡本塑料將具有自約15公分至約5〇公分之毛細管消 疼壓力,自約20公分至約45公分更佳,自约25 分又更佳。 泡沫Ξ 義佳聚合泡沫塑料之一特性爲泡孔結構。 液滴之本有,:,纟係經由聚合包圍相當不含單體之水相 二:的泡孔,其形狀經常爲實質 開口稱爲.、包孔門泛,U開口而彼此連接’以下將此 「古.叫 3孔洞。一般使用此等球形泡孔之大丨Λ 直fe」及泡孔間開口(孔 小或 特性。由於在聚合泡沐塑料之…般泡沐塑料之 孔洞並不-定大致爲相同大小==泡孔及泡孔間 J尺小,因而通常將指明平均泡孔 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) i ^ ---------線, •19-4 49 46 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (16) The degree is derived from the loss tangent (i0ss tangent) vs. temperature curve in the dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) measurement, as explained on October 8, 1996 US Patent No. 5,563,179 (Stone et al.). The polymer foams useful in the present invention can be described by a number of parameters. The foams useful in the present invention are resistant to gravity and wet the aqueous liquid to a significant height, for example, at least about 15 cm. The liquid column staying inside the foam creates a noticeable reduction in capillary pressure. The foam will disappear at a height determined by both the strength of the foam (in compression) and the surface area per unit volume of the foam. This height is the Capillary Collapse Pressure (CCP; Capillary Collapse pressure) expressed in centimeters. At this height, 50% of the volume of foam plastic at zero pressure drop will be lost. ≪ The preferred distribution foam useful in the present invention will have a CCp of at least about 15 cm, more preferably at least about 20 cm, and even more preferably at least about 25 cm. Typically, it is better: the distribution foam will have capillary pain pressure from about 15 cm to about 50 cm, more preferably from about 20 cm to about 45 cm, and even more preferably from about 25 cm. Foam 之一 One of the characteristics of Yijia polymer foam is the cell structure. The nature of the droplets is :, 纟 is a polymer that surrounds the water phase which is quite free of monomers through polymerization. The cells of the shape are often called substantially open. This "old." Is called 3 holes. Generally, these spherical cells are large 丨 Λ straight fe "and the openings between the cells (the holes are small or characteristic. Because the holes in the polymer ... It should be approximately the same size == cells and J rule between cells is small, so the average cells will usually be indicated (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) i ^ --------- line, • 19-

449467 五、發明說明(17) 及孔洞大小,”均泡孔及孔洞直徑。 '包::及孔洞大小係會影響此等泡沫塑料之許多重要機械 及丨生此特性,包括液體浸潤性質,以及在泡沫塑料結構内 所產生义毛細管壓力之參數。有許多技術可用來測定泡沫 2料之平均⑥孔及孔洞大小。有用的技術包括以泡末塑料 樣品之掃描電予顯微照相爲基礎的簡單測量。t用於根據 本發明之用於水性液體之吸收劑之泡沫塑料具有自約2 〇微 米至約60微米之數目平均泡孔大小將較佳,典型上爲自約 30微米至約50微米,及自約5微米至約丨5微米之數目平均 孔/同大小,典型上爲自约8微米至約丨2微米^ 「毛細吸力比表面積」係測量試驗液體可到達之聚合網 狀結構之試驗液體可到達的表面積。毛細吸力比表面^係 土泡沫塑料中之泡孔單元的尺寸及聚合物之密度兩者所決 疋,因此其係—種量化由泡沫塑料網狀結構所提供至使表 面可參與吸收之程度之此固體表面總量的方式。 對於本發明,毛細吸力比表面積係經由測量在已知質量 及尺寸之泡沫塑料樣品内所發生之低表面張力液體(例如, 乙醇)之毛細吸收量所測定。此一利用毛細吸力方法測定泡 沫塑料比表面積之程序的詳細説明記述於先前之美國專利 號數5’387,2〇7之試驗方法段落中。亦可採用測定毛細吸力 比表面積之任何合理的替代方法。 有用於本發明之分佈泡沫塑料具有至少約0·0 1平方米/毫 升之毛細吸力比表面積將較佳,至少約0 03平方米/毫升更 佳。典型上,毛細吸力比表面積係在自約〇 〇丨至約〇 2 〇平449467 V. Description of the invention (17) and hole size, "Every cell and hole diameter." Package :: and hole size will affect many important mechanical and mechanical properties of these foams, including liquid wetting properties, and The parameter of the sense capillary pressure generated in the foamed plastic structure. There are many techniques that can be used to determine the average size of the pores and pores of the foam 2 material. Useful techniques include simple based on scanning electron micrographs of foamed plastic samples Measured. T The foam used in the absorbent for aqueous liquids according to the present invention has a number from about 20 microns to about 60 microns. The average cell size will be better, typically from about 30 microns to about 50 microns. , And the number of average pores / same size from about 5 microns to about 5 microns, typically from about 8 microns to about 2 microns ^ "Capillary suction specific surface area" is a measure of the polymeric network structure accessible by the test liquid Test liquid reachable surface area. Capillary suction ratio depends on both the size of the cell units and the density of the polymer in the soil foam, so it is a kind of quantification provided by the foam network structure to the extent that the surface can participate in absorption The total amount of this solid surface. For the present invention, the capillary specific surface area is determined by measuring the amount of capillary absorption of a low surface tension liquid (e.g., ethanol) that occurs in a foam sample of known mass and size. A detailed description of this procedure for measuring the specific surface area of foams using capillary suction is described in the previous U.S. Patent No. 5'387,207, Test Methods paragraph. Any reasonable alternative method for determining the specific surface area of capillary suction can also be used. The distribution foams useful in the present invention will preferably have a capillary suction specific surface area of at least about 0.01 m2 / ml, more preferably at least about 03 m2 / ml. Typically, the capillary suction specific surface area is from about 0.00 to about 0.2

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁J --------訂---------' I · • .¾ Ε ·ΐί *5 (CXS>A4(Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page J -------- Order --------- 'I · • .¾ Ε · ΐί * 5 (CXS > A4

449 46 7 第109633號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁(90年元月)449 46 7 Patent Application No. 109633 Revised Chinese Manual (Year 90)

發明説明(18 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印家 方米/毫升之範圍内,以自‘約〇_〇3至約〇 1〇平方米/毫升較 佳’自約0 _04至約〇.〇§平方米/毫升最佳。 「泡沫塑料密度」(即以在空氣中之每立方公分泡沫塑料 AA積之泡沫塑料克數表示)在此係以乾基說明。泡沫塑料之 &度’如同毛細吸力比表面積’會影響吸收性泡沫塑料之 許多性能及機械特性。其包括對水性液體之吸收容量及壓 縮撓曲特性。泡沫塑料密度將根據泡沫塑料之狀態而異。 在消癟狀態的泡沫塑料較在完全膨脹狀態之相同泡沫塑 料明顯地具有較高密度。一般而言,有用於本發明之在消 癟狀態的泡沫塑料具有約0.U克/立方公分之乾密度β 可使用任何可提供每單位體積泡沫塑料結構之固體泡 沫材料質量之測定的適當重力程序於測量泡沫塑料密 度。舉例來說|更完整地說明於先前之美國專利號數 5,3 87,207之試驗方法段落中的ASTM(美國測量及材料協 會)重力程序係一種可用於密度測定之方法。泡沫塑料密度 係關於每單位體積之不含乳化劑、填料 '表面處理劑諸如 鹽等等之經洗滌泡沫塑料的重量。有用於本發明之泡沫塑 料具有自約8毫克/立方公分至約77毫克/立方公分之乾密 度將較佳’自约11毫克/立方公分至約63毫克/立方公分 更佳,自約〖3毫克/立方公分至約48毫克/立方公分又更 佳。 有用於本發明之泡沫塑料可經由聚合特定類担之油包 水(water-in-oii)乳劑或具有甚少量油相和甚大量水相之 HIPE而製得。此方法包括下列步驟: A)在指定溫度及在指定剪切混合下.,自下列成份形成油 21 本紙ft尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2l0X297公釐) ---------装------訂------Λ {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 46 7 Λ7 137 五、發明說明(I9) I Η二,1 ifj μ. 消 ff τί 包水乳劑: 1) 油相,包括: a)自約85至約98重量百分比之可形成具有約35 °C以下T g之共聚物之單體成份,此單體成份包 括: i) 自約30至約80重量百分比之至少一種可形 成具有約25 °C以下Tg之無規非晶形聚合物 之實質上不溶於水的單官能單體; ii) 自約5至約40重量百分比之至少一種可賦予 大約與苯乙烯所提供者相等韌性之實質上不 溶於水的單官能共單體; iii) 自約5至約30重量百分比之選自二乙烯笨、 三乙烯苯、二乙烯甲苯、二乙烯二甲苯、二 乙晞萘 '二乙烯基烷基苯、二乙烯菲、二乙 烯聯苯、二乙烯基二苯基甲烷、二乙烯芊基 、二乙烯基笨基醚、二乙烯基二苯基硫、二 乙烯呋喃 '二乙烯基硫 '二乙烯基颯、及其 混合物之第一種實質上不容於水的多官能交 聯劑;及 iv) 自0至約1 5重量百分比之選自多官能丙烯酸 酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯 胺 '及其混合物之第二種實質上不溶於水的 多官能交聯劑;及 b)自約2至約1 5重量百分比之可溶於油相,且適 -22- -------------. --------訂.-------- {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (18) In the range of m3 / ml from the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, it is preferably from about _03 to about 010 square meters / ml, from about _04 to about 0. 〇§m² / ml is the best. "Density of foam" (expressed in grams of foam AA per cubic centimeter of foam in air) is described here on a dry basis. The & degree of foam 'Similar to capillary suction specific surface area' will affect many properties and mechanical properties of absorbent foams. It includes the absorption capacity for aqueous liquids and compression and flexural properties. The density of foams will vary depending on the state of the foams. The foam has a significantly higher density than the same foam in the fully expanded state. Generally speaking, the foam in the decongested state used in the present invention has a dry density of about 0. U g / cm3, which can be used. Any suitable gravity program that can provide a determination of the mass of solid foam material per unit volume of foam structure is used to measure foam density. For example | more fully described in the previous beauty The ASTM (American Society for Measurement and Materials) gravity program in the test method paragraph of National Patent No. 5,3 87,207 is a method that can be used for density determination. The density of foam is about the unit surface containing no emulsifier and filler. Weight of the washed foam, such as a salt, etc., of a treating agent. The foams useful in the present invention will preferably have a dry density from about 8 mg / cm3 to about 77 mg / cm3, 'from about 11 mg / cm3 More preferably, it is about 63 mg / cm3, and even more preferably about 3 mg / cm3 to about 48 mg / cm3. The foam used in the present invention can be polymerized by a specific type of water-in-water -oii) Emulsion or HIPE with very little oil phase and very large amount of water phase. This method includes the following steps: A) At the specified temperature and under the specified shear mixing, an oil is formed from the following ingredients: 21 paper ft Applicable national standards (CNS) Α4 specifications (2l0X297 mm) --------- installation ------ order ------ Λ {Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) 449 46 7 Λ7 137 V. Description of the invention (I9) I II, 1 ifj μ. Xiao ff τί water-in-water emulsion: 1) oil phase, including: a) from 85 to 98 weight percent of the monomer component that can form a copolymer having a T g below about 35 ° C, this The monomer components include: i) from about 30 to about 80 weight percent of at least one monofunctional monomer that is substantially insoluble in water that can form a random amorphous polymer having a Tg below about 25 ° C; ii) From 5 to about 40 weight percent of at least one monofunctional comonomer that is substantially water-insoluble and which imparts about the same toughness as styrene; iii) from about 5 to about 30 weight percent selected from diethylene glycol, Trivinylbenzene, Divinyltoluene, Divinylxylene, Diethylenenaphthalene'divinylalkylbenzene, Diethylenephenanthrene, Divinylbiphenyl, Divinyldiphenylmethane, Divinylfluorenyl, Divinyl Benzyl ether, divinyl diphenyl sulfide, divinyl furan 'divinyl sulfide' divinyl hydrazone, and mixtures thereof are the first polyfunctional cross-linking agents that are substantially impermeable to water; and iv) from 0 Up to about 15 weight percent selected from polyfunctional acrylates, methacrylic acid , Acrylamide, methacrylamide ', and mixtures thereof, a second substantially water-insoluble multifunctional cross-linking agent; and b) from about 2 to about 15 weight percent of the soluble oil phase, and Suitable-22- -------------. -------- Order .-------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

(CNS;A1 ^ ί-1'J ) 449467 Λ7 B7 五、發明說明(20) 用於形成安定的油包水乳劑之乳化劑成份,此乳 劑成份包括:(i)有至少約40重量百分比之乳化 成份選自直鍵不飽和C16-C22脂肪酸之二甘油單 元酯、分支鏈C16-C 24脂肪酸之二甘油單元酯、 分支鏈Cu-Ch醇之二甘油單脂族醚、直鏈不飽 和c,6_C:22脂肪醇之二甘油單脂族謎、直鏈不飽 和Cu-C Μ醇之二甘油單脂族醚、直鏈不飽和 Ci6-C2yg肪酸之脱水山梨糖醇單元醋 '分支键 C 1 6<24脂肪酸之脱水山梨糖醇單元酯、及其混 σ物之主乳化劑:或(ii)有至少20重量百分比之 此等乳化成份之主乳化劑與主乳化劑對次乳化 劑之重量比爲自約50 : 1至約1 : 4之某種次乳 化劑之組合;及 '^相包括含有下列成份之水溶液:(i)自約〇. 2至 ’··勺20重量百分比之水溶性電解質:及(丨丨)有效量的 聚合引發劑; (3)水相對油相之體積對重量比在自約12 : 1至約 125 : 1之範園内:及 B) 氷合油包水乳劑之油相中之單體成份,而形成聚合泡 >末材料:及 C) 視需要將聚合泡沫材料脱水。 此方法由於小心地取捨說明於此之性質的結果,而可形 成此等可分佈液體之吸收性泡沫塑料。此等性質係經由小 心地選擇交聨劑及單體類型和量値及乳劑形成參數,明確 ------------ --------訂--------· (請先閱讀背面之注音ϊ事項再填寫本頁)(CNS; A1 ^ ί-1'J) 449467 Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention (20) Emulsifier ingredients used to form stable water-in-oil emulsions, the emulsion ingredients include: (i) at least about 40% by weight The emulsifying ingredients are selected from the group consisting of straight-chain unsaturated C16-C22 fatty acid diglyceride unit esters, branched chain C16-C 24 fatty acid diglyceride unit esters, branched-chain Cu-Ch alcohol diglycerol monoaliphatic ethers, linear unsaturated c , 6_C: 22 diglycerol monoaliphatic mystery of fatty alcohols, linear unsaturated Cu-C MU alcohols diglycerol monoaliphatic ether, linear unsaturated Ci6-C2yg fatty acids, sorbitan unit vinegar 'branch bonds C 1 6 < 24 fatty acid sorbitan unit esters, and primary emulsifiers of mixtures thereof; or (ii) a primary emulsifier and a primary emulsifier with at least 20% by weight of these emulsifying ingredients The weight ratio is a combination of certain sub-emulsifiers from about 50: 1 to about 1: 4; and the phase includes an aqueous solution containing the following components: (i) from about 0.2 to 20 spoon Water-soluble electrolyte: and (丨 丨) effective amount of polymerization initiator; (3) volume of water relative to oil phase vs. weight Than in the range from about 12: 1 to about 125: 1: and B) the monomer component in the oil phase of the water-in-oil emulsion is hydrated to form a polymer bubble > the final material: and C) The foam is dehydrated. This method can form such liquid-dispersible absorbent foams by carefully choosing the results described here. These properties are determined through careful selection of the type and amount of cross-linking agents and monomers, as well as emulsion formation parameters. --- · (Please read the phonetic notes on the back before filling out this page)

^;il:'-1?iA-ST^^m^^f.;:l;r 449467、 λ; t., ______ Β7 五、發明說明(21) 言之爲剪切混合量、溫度、及水對油比(其可轉換成乾泡 塑料之最終密度)而得到。 有用於本發明之聚合泡沫塑料可經由聚合在技藝中—般 稱爲「HIPE j之具有甚高水相對油相比之某些油包水乳^ 而製備得"以下將由聚合此種乳劑所產生之聚合泡沫材料 稱爲「HIPE泡沫塑料」。此種HIPE之一般製備的詳細說 明列示於在下之美國專利號數5,563,179及美國專利號數 在許多其他參數之中,用於形成HIPE之水及油相之相對 量對於決定所生成之聚合泡沫塑料之結構、機械及性能性 質尤爲重要。尤其,在乳劑中之水對油之比(「W : 〇比」) 與最終的泡沫塑料密度成相反變化,且會影響泡沫塑料之 泡孔大小及毛細吸力比表面積及形成泡沫塑料之支柱的尺 寸。用於製備有用於本發明之HIPE泡沫塑料之乳劑一般具 有在自約12 : 1至約12 5 : 1範圍内之水相對油相的體積 對重量比,及自約15 : 1至約90 : 1更爲典型。特佳的 泡沫塑料可由具有自約20 : 1至約75 : 1之比的HIPE製 得。 HIPE之油相的主要部分將包括單體 '共單體及交聯劑, 諸如列舉於以下之美國專利號數5,387,207中者。基本上, 此等單體、共單體及交聯劑實質上不溶於水’因此其主要 係溶解於油相,而非水相。使用此種實質上不溶於水的單 體可確保能得到適當特性及安定性的HIPE。當然,使用於 此之單體、共單體及交聯劑之類型係使得所產生之聚合泡 -24- (CNS)Al UMu χ ) ------------- 裝--------訂---------線-< Γ清先閱磧背面之;i音?事項再填寫本頁 蛀.;2'%智#.-时產:.·?0>·工消货,::-/-.. •-i'/il-'..ri 44946γ 五、發明說明(22) ,,料=當地無毒性且具適當的化學安定性爲甚佳。此等 單禮單體及又聯劑在聚合後泡沫塑料加工及/或使用過 程中,如以非常低的殘留濃度存在時,應具有極少毒性或 無毒性較佳。 ’由相之另—基本成份爲可生成安定HIPE之乳化劑成份。 此乳化劑成份包含主乳化劑及視需要包含次乳化劑,諸如 列舉於以下之美國專利號數5,387,207中者。 用於生成HIPE之油相包含自約85至約98重量百分比之 早體成份及自約2至約1 5重量百分比之乳化劑成份。油相 包含自約90至約98重量百分比之單體成份及自約3至约1 〇 重量百分比之乳化劑成份將較佳。油相亦可包含其他的非 必需成份。一種此等非必需成份爲熟悉技藝人士熟知之— 般類型的油可溶聚合引發劑,諸如説明於1 994年3月i日 發證之美國專利號數5,29〇,82〇 (Bass等人),將其以提及的 方式併入本文中。另一較佳的非必需成份爲抗氧化劑,諸 如受阻胺光安定劑(HALS)及受阻酚安定劑(HPS)或任何其 他可與所使用之引發劑系統相容之抗氧化劑。其他的非必 需成份包括塑化劑、塡料、著色劑、鏈轉移劑、溶解聚人 物等等。 〇 HIPE之不連續的内水相一般爲含有諸如列舉於以下美國 專利號數5,3 87,207中之一或多種溶解成份之水溶液。水相 之一種基本的溶解成份爲水溶性電解質。溶解電解質使主 要爲油可溶之單體、共單體及交聯劑亦溶解於水相之傾向 減至最小。 _____ -25- .-· i (CN.^Ai ilfS ) ---- ------------- 裝--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 46 Λ7 B7 .&潛却11.¾財產局 3 工消 f:-.:1^^.5:¾ 五、發明說明(23) 據信此依序可使聚合材料填充在聚合過程中由水相液滴 所形成之在油/水界面處之泡孔窗的程度減至最小。因此, 據佗电解質之存在及其所造成之水相的離子強度可決定所 產生之較佳聚合泡沫塑料是否可爲開孔及其開孔程度。 HIPE典型上將亦包含聚合引發劑。此一引發劑成份一般 係加至HIPE之水相,且其可爲任何習知的水溶性自由基引 發劑。其包括過氧化合物諸如過硫酸鈉、過硫酸鉀及過硫 酸銨、過氧化氫、過醋酸鈉、過碳酸鈉等等。亦可使用習 知的氧化還原引發劑系統。此種系統係經由將前述之過氧 化σ物與還原劑諸如亞硫酸氫鈉、L-抗壞血酸或亞鐵鹽結 合而形成。 以存在於油相中之可聚合單體之總莫耳數計,引發劑可 存在直至约20莫耳百分比。以油相中之可聚合單體之總莫 耳數計,引發劑存在自約〇 .〇〇丨至約i 0莫耳百分比之量更 佳。 形成HIPE泡沫塑料結構之聚合物實質上不含極性官能基 將較佳。此意謂聚合泡沫塑料之特性將爲相當疏水性。此 等疏水性泡沫塑料可使用於須要吸收疏水性液體之情況。 此種用途包括油性成份與水混合,而希望分出及隔離油性 成份之情況,諸如在海上漏油的情況。 當要將此等泡沫塑料使用作爲供水性液體諸如果汁濺出 、牛奶等等供清潔用及/或體液諸如尿液用之吸收劑時,其 —般需要進一步的處理,以使泡沫塑料甚具親水性。若須 要,泡沫塑料之親水化一般可經由以説明於以下美國專利 t請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ---- 訂---------線 26- .^'2-^智慧財產-;昏工消#;'-】''-怂"''," 44946? . λ; ----Β7_____ 五、發明說明(24) 號數5,3 87,207中之方式’利用親水化表面活性劑處理ΗΙρΕ 泡沫塑料而完成。 此等親水化表面活性劑可爲任何可增進聚合泡沫塑料表 面之水可濕性之材料。其係技藝中所熟知,且可包括各種 表面活性劑,以非離予型較佳,諸如列舉於以下美國專利 號數5,387,207中者。 另一典型上加入於ΗΙΡΕ泡沫塑料結構中之材料爲可水合 ’及以吸濕性或溶解性較佳之水溶性無機鹽。此種鹽包括 ’例如’毒物學上可接受的鹼土金屬鹽。此類型之鹽及其 與油溶性表面活性劑作爲泡沫塑料親水化表面活性劑之用 途更詳細地説明於1994年1〇月4日發證之美國專利號數 5,3 5 2,711 (DesMarais),將其揭示内容以提及的方式併入本 文中。此類型之較佳的鹽包括画化鈣,諸如氣化鈣,其如 先前所説明,亦可在HIPE中使用作爲水相電解質。 可水合的供機鹽可經由以此等鹽之水溶液處理泡沫塑料 而容易地加入。此等鹽溶液一般可在將殘留水相自剛聚合 好的泡沫塑料移除之過程完成後,或作爲其之部分而用於 處理泡沫塑料。利用此種溶液處理泡沫塑料以使可水合無 機鹽諸如氣化鈣以泡沫塑料之至少約重量百分比之殘 留量沉積較佳,及典型上係在自約〇1至約12%之範圍内。 利用親水化表面活性劑(有或沒有可水合鹽)處理此等相 當疏水性的泡沫塑料,典型上將進行至賦予泡沫塑料適當 親水性所需之程度爲止。然而,—些較佳HIpE類型之泡沫 塑料當製備好時即具有適當的親水性,且可能在其中已加 i · --------^---------I (請先閱讀背面之注急事項再填寫本頁) _______-27- ^^^^ftiTA^p-^f--/^ik 4 9 46? A7 ____B7____ 五、發明說明(25) 入足夠量的可水合鹽,因此不需要以親水化表面活.性劑或 可水合鹽作額外處理。尤其,此種較佳的HIPE泡沫塑料包 括在HIPE中使用先前説明之一些油相乳化劑及氯化軒之泡 沫塑料。在彼等情況中,聚合泡沫塑料之内表面將爲適當 的親水性’且即使於將聚合泡末塑料脱水至適用程度後, 仍將包括含有或沉積足夠量之氣化鈣之殘留水相液體。 泡泳塑料的製備典型上包括下列步驟:1)形成安定的高 内相乳劑(H1PE) ; 2)使此安定的乳劑在適合於形成固體聚 合泡沫塑料結構之條件下聚合/固化;3)視需要洗滌固體聚 合泡沫塑料結構,以自聚合泡沫塑料結構移除原始的殘留 水相,及若須要,以親水化表面活性劑及/或可水合鹽處理 聚合泡沫塑料結構,以使任何需要的親水化表面活性劑/可 水合鹽沉積;及4)接著將此聚合泡沫塑料結構脱水。此程 序更冗整地說明於先前之美國專利號數5,387,207。 吸收性物# 根據本發明之材料適用於需要流體輸送(即接受、移動、 釋放)之許多應用,但尤其有用於吸收性物件。 爲在吸收性結構中使用各別的材料,可將此等材料與其 :· ° 以產生包含根據於以上所提出之説明之材料 的流體處理元件。 吸收性物件—般包括: j l材或心材結構(其包括根據本發明之改良的流體分 布兀件’且其可由次結構所組成): •可透過流體的表層: -------------- 裝--------訂---------線 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 44946 7 五 ........... ....... ______ .1 _________ .- 硿潛5;:-智慧时產局具工消費.:二.:杜.5:為 Λ7 B7 發明說明(2S) -不可透過流體的背層; -非必需的其他特點,像是封閉元件或彈性。 圖6係本發明之吸收性物件之_範例具體實例之平面圖 ,其爲尿片。 圖6所示之尿片20係在其攤平、未收縮的狀態(即將造成 收縮的鬆緊帶拉出,除了在側條部分使鬆緊帶保留於其放 鬆狀態外),將部分的結構切除,以更清楚地顯示尿片2〇之 構迨,且遠離於穿帶者之邵分的尿片2{),外表面52,面對 觀看者。如圖6所示,尿片20包括容納組合22,其以包含 可透過液體的表層24、與表層24結合之不可透過液體的背 層26、及設在表層24與背層26之間之吸收芯材28較佳: ,名二伸縮性處理的側條3 0 ;經伸縮性處理的腿褶邊3 2 ;彈性 腰部特點34 ;及一般複合指示爲36之包含雙重張力扣接系 統又封閉系統。雙重張力扣接系統36以包括主扣接系統38 及腰邵封閉系統40較佳。主扣接系統38以包括一對固定 (SeCUrement)元件42及起落(landing)元件44較佳。腰部封 閉系統40在圖6示爲包括一對第一附著組件牝及第二附著 組件48幸父佳。尿片20亦包括位在各第一附著組件46下方 之定位貼片5 〇較佳。 圖6所不又尿片2〇具有外表面52(在圖6中面對觀看者) 、與外表面52相對之内表面54 '第一腰部區域56、與第 一腰部區域56相對之第二腰部區域58、及由尿片2〇之 緣所界定的周ϋ 6〇,其中將縱緣指示爲62,及將末緣指示 爲64。尿片20之内表面54包括在使用時位在與穿帶者身 -29- -------------- -----------------、 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^ 49 46 7 Λ7^; il: '-1? iA-ST ^^ m ^^ f.;: l; r 449467, λ; t., ______ Β7 V. Description of the invention (21) In terms of shear mixing amount, temperature, and Water to oil ratio (which can be converted to the final density of dry foam). Polymeric foams useful in the present invention can be prepared by polymerizing in the art-commonly known as "HIPE j, a certain water-in-oil emulsion with a very high water-to-oil ratio compared to" " The resulting polymeric foam is called "HIPE foam". A detailed description of the general preparation of such HIPE is listed in U.S. Patent No. 5,563,179 and U.S. Patent No. among many other parameters. The relative amounts of the water and oil phases used to form the HIPE are responsible for determining the The structural, mechanical and performance properties of polymeric foam are particularly important. In particular, the water-to-oil ratio ("W: 〇 ratio") in the emulsion changes inversely to the final foam density, and will affect the cell size and capillary suction specific surface area of the foam and the pillars of the foam. size. The emulsions used to prepare the HIPE foam used in the present invention generally have a volume to weight ratio of water to oil phase in the range from about 12: 1 to about 12 5: 1, and from about 15: 1 to about 90: 1 is more typical. Particularly preferred foams can be made from HIPE having a ratio from about 20: 1 to about 75: 1. The major part of the oil phase of HIPE will include monomers, co-monomers and cross-linking agents, such as those listed in U.S. Patent No. 5,387,207 below. Basically, these monomers, comonomers and cross-linking agents are substantially insoluble in water 'so that they are mainly dissolved in the oil phase rather than the water phase. The use of such a substantially water-insoluble monomer ensures that HIPE with appropriate characteristics and stability can be obtained. Of course, the types of monomers, comonomers, and cross-linking agents used here are such that the resulting polymeric foam-24- (CNS) Al UMu χ ------------- 装- ------- Order --------- Line- < Γ Qing first read on the back; i sound? Please fill in this page for matters 蛀.; 2 '% 智 # .- Time Production:. ·? 0 > · Consumption of goods ::-/-.. • -i '/ il-' .. ri 44946γ V. Description of the invention (22), material = local non-toxic and suitable chemical stability is very good . These single-agent monomers and cross-linking agents should preferably have little or no toxicity during the processing and / or use of the polymer foam after polymerization at a very low residual concentration. ’From the other-the basic ingredients are emulsifier ingredients that can form stable HIPE. This emulsifier component contains a primary emulsifier and optionally a secondary emulsifier, such as those listed in U.S. Patent No. 5,387,207 below. The oil phase used to form the HIPE comprises an early body component from about 85 to about 98 weight percent and an emulsifier component from about 2 to about 15 weight percent. The oil phase will preferably contain monomer components from about 90 to about 98 weight percent and emulsifier components from about 3 to about 10 weight percent. The oil phase may also contain other optional ingredients. One such non-essential ingredient is well known to those skilled in the art-a general type of oil-soluble polymerization initiator, such as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,29,82,0 issued on March 1, 1994 (Bass et al. People), incorporated here by reference. Another preferred non-essential ingredient is an antioxidant such as a hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS) and a hindered phenol stabilizer (HPS) or any other antioxidant that is compatible with the initiator system used. Other non-essential ingredients include plasticizers, additives, colorants, chain transfer agents, dissolving polymers, and the like. The discontinuous internal water phase of HIPE is generally an aqueous solution containing one or more dissolved ingredients such as listed in U.S. Patent No. 5,3,87,207 below. A basic dissolved component of the water phase is a water-soluble electrolyte. Dissolving the electrolyte minimizes the tendency of the mainly oil-soluble monomers, comonomers, and crosslinkers to dissolve in the water phase. _____ -25- .- · i (CN. ^ Ai ilfS) ---- ------------- Install -------- Order -------- -Line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 449 46 Λ7 B7. &Amp; Underground 11.¾ Property Bureau 3 Labor consumption f:-.: 1 ^^. 5: ¾ V. Description of Invention (23 It is believed that this can minimize the degree to which the polymeric material fills the cell window formed at the oil / water interface by the aqueous phase droplets during the polymerization process. Therefore, according to the existence of the rhenium electrolyte and the ionic strength of the resulting aqueous phase, it can be determined whether the better polymer foam produced can be open-celled and the degree of open-celled. HIPE will typically also include a polymerization initiator. This initiator component is generally added to the aqueous phase of HIPE, and it can be any conventional water-soluble free radical initiator. It includes peroxy compounds such as sodium persulfate, potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, sodium peracetate, sodium percarbonate, and the like. Conventional redox initiator systems can also be used. Such a system is formed by combining the aforementioned peroxidation sigma species with a reducing agent such as sodium bisulfite, L-ascorbic acid or a ferrous salt. The initiator may be present up to about 20 mole percent based on the total moles of polymerizable monomers present in the oil phase. Based on the total moles of polymerizable monomers in the oil phase, the initiator is more preferably present in an amount ranging from about 0.0000% to about 10 mole%. It is preferred that the polymer forming the HIPE foam structure is substantially free of polar functional groups. This means that the properties of the polymeric foam will be quite hydrophobic. These hydrophobic foams can be used in situations where hydrophobic liquids need to be absorbed. Such uses include situations where oily ingredients are mixed with water and it is desired to separate and isolate the oily ingredients, such as in the case of oil spills at sea. When these foams are to be used as water-supplying liquids such as fruit juice splashes, milk, etc. for cleaning purposes and / or body fluids such as urine absorbents, they generally require further processing to make the foams very useful Hydrophilic. If necessary, the hydrophilicity of foam can generally be explained in the following U.S. patents (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) ---- Order --------- line 26-. ^ ' 2- ^ INTELLIGENT PROPERTY-; dimgongxiao #; '-]' '-Counseling ", " 44946?. Λ; ---- Β7 _____ V. Invention Description (24) No. 5,3 87,207 The way 'is done by treating ΙΙΕΕ foam with a hydrophilized surfactant. These hydrophilizing surfactants can be any material that enhances the water wettability of the surface of the polymeric foam. It is well known in the art and can include various surfactants, preferably non-ionic, such as those listed in U.S. Patent No. 5,387,207 below. Another material that is typically added to the HIPE foam structure is hydratable 'and water-soluble inorganic salts with better hygroscopicity or solubility. Such salts include ' e.g., Toxicologically acceptable alkaline earth metal salts. This type of salt and its use with oil-soluble surfactants as foamed hydrophilic surfactants are described in more detail in US Patent No. 5,3 5 2,711 (DesMarais) issued on October 4, 1994, Its disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. Preferred salts of this type include calcified calcium, such as calcium carbonate, which, as previously described, can also be used in HIPE as an aqueous phase electrolyte. Hydrated organic salt can be easily added by treating the foam with an aqueous solution of such salts. These salt solutions can generally be used to treat foam after the process of removing the residual aqueous phase from the polymerized foam is completed, or as part of it. The use of such a solution to treat foamed plastics allows better deposition of hydratable inorganic salts, such as calcium carbonate, with a residual amount of at least about weight percent of the foamed plastics, and typically ranges from about 0.01 to about 12%. Treatment of these fairly hydrophobic foams with hydrophilizing surfactants (with or without hydratable salts) will typically proceed to the extent necessary to impart proper hydrophilicity to the foam. However, some of the better HIpE type foams have proper hydrophilicity when they are prepared, and may have added i · -------- ^ --------- I ( Please read the urgent notes on the back before filling out this page) _______- 27- ^^^^ ftiTA ^ p- ^ f-/ ^ ik 4 9 46? A7 ____B7____ 5. Description of the invention (25) Hydrated salts therefore do not require additional treatment with hydrophilizing surfactants or hydratable salts. In particular, such preferred HIPE foams include the use of some of the previously described oil phase emulsifiers and chlorinated Xuan foams in HIPE. In those cases, the inner surface of the polymeric foam will be appropriately hydrophilic 'and even after the polymeric foam is dehydrated to a suitable level, it will still include a residual aqueous phase liquid containing or depositing a sufficient amount of calcium carbonate . The preparation of foam plastic typically includes the following steps: 1) forming a stable high internal phase emulsion (H1PE); 2) polymerizing / curing this stable emulsion under conditions suitable for forming a solid polymeric foam structure; 3) visualizing The solid polymeric foam structure needs to be washed to remove the original residual aqueous phase from the polymeric foam structure, and if necessary, the polymeric foam structure is treated with a hydrophilizing surfactant and / or a hydratable salt to make any desired hydrophilic Surfactant / hydratable salt deposition; and 4) then dewatering the polymeric foam structure. This procedure is described more completely in the previous U.S. Patent No. 5,387,207. Absorptive material # The material according to the invention is suitable for many applications requiring fluid transport (ie receiving, moving, releasing), but is especially useful for absorbent articles. In order to use individual materials in the absorbent structure, these materials can be combined with: · ° to produce a fluid treatment element containing the materials according to the descriptions presented above. Absorbent articles-generally include: jl material or heartwood structure (which includes the improved fluid distribution element according to the present invention 'and it can be composed of substructures): • The surface layer that is permeable to fluid: -------- ------ Install -------- Order --------- Line {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 44946 7 V .............. .......... ______ .1 _________ .- 硿 Qian 5;:-Wisdom Time Production Bureau Tooling Consumption: 2 :. Du: 5: Λ7 B7 Invention Description (2S)-Impervious to fluid Back layer;-Other features not required, like closed elements or elasticity. Fig. 6 is a plan view of a concrete example of an absorbent article of the present invention, which is a diaper. The diaper 20 shown in FIG. 6 is in a flat, uncontracted state (that is, the elastic band that causes contraction is pulled out, except that the elastic band is kept in its relaxed state at the side strip part), and the part of the structure is cut off to make it more The structure of the diaper 20 is clearly shown, and the diaper 2 {), which is far from the wearer's point, has an outer surface 52 facing the viewer. As shown in FIG. 6, the diaper 20 includes a accommodating combination 22 including a liquid-permeable surface layer 24, a liquid-impermeable back layer 26 combined with the surface layer 24, and an absorption provided between the surface layer 24 and the back layer 26. The core material 28 is better:, name two stretch-treated side strips 3 0; stretch-treated leg frills 3 2; elastic waist characteristics 34; and the general composite indicator 36 includes a double tension fastening system and a closed system . The dual tension fastening system 36 preferably includes a main fastening system 38 and a waist closure system 40. The main fastening system 38 preferably includes a pair of SeCUrement elements 42 and a landing element 44. The lumbar closure system 40 is shown in FIG. 6 as including a pair of first attachment members 牝 and second attachment members 48. The diaper 20 also preferably includes a positioning patch 50 located below each of the first attachment components 46. The diaper 20 shown in FIG. 6 has an outer surface 52 (facing the viewer in FIG. 6), an inner surface 54 ′ opposite the outer surface 52 ′, a first waist region 56, and a second second region opposite the first waist region 56. The lumbar region 58 and the perimeter 60 defined by the edge of the diaper 20, wherein the longitudinal edge is indicated as 62 and the trailing edge is indicated as 64. The inner surface 54 of the diaper 20 includes the position of the wearer when in use. -, (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ^ 49 46 7 Λ7

--------—_5L 互、發明說明(2?) 體相鄰之部分的尿片2G(即内表面54大致係由 的表層24及結合$类s 士廿& / , 至表層24之其他組件所形成)。外表面52 包括位在遠離於穿帶者身體之部分的尿 大致係由至少-部分的背層26及結合至背層26之其表他:件2 所形成)。第-腰部區域56及第二腰部區域58分別自周圍 60之末緣64延伸至尿片2Q之橫向中心線& a腰部區域各 包括中央區域68及-對典型上包括腰部區域之外部橫向部 刀之,將&在第一腰部區域56中之側條指示爲,而 將位在第二腰部區域58中之侧條指示爲72。㈣此對側條 或各側條不需爲相同,但其爲彼此的鏡像較佳。位在第二 腰部區域58中之側條72可爲可在橫向彈性伸長(即經伸 縮性處理的側條30)。(橫向(x方向或寬度)係定義爲平行於 展片20之橫向中心線66之方向;縱向(y方向或長度)係定 義爲平行於縱向中心.線67之方向:及轴向(2方向或厚度) 係定義爲延伸通過尿片2〇之厚度之方向)。 圖6顯示尿片20之明確説明,其中表層24及背層%具 有大致較吸收芯材28大的長度及寬度尺寸。表層24及背層 26乙伸知過吸收芯材28之邊緣,因而形成尿片2〇之周圍 60。周圍60界定外部周界,或換句話説,界定尿片2〇之 邊緣。周圍60包括縱緣62及末緣64。 雖然可將各經伸縮性處理的腿褶邊32構造成類似於任何 刖述的腿環帶、侧向襟翼、障壁褶邊、或彈性褶邊,但各 紐伸編性處理的腿褶邊3 2包括至少一内部障壁褶邊g 4 ’其包含障壁襟翼8 5及間隔彈性元件8 6,諸如説明在以 -30- (CNS)Al ^ί&(-1〇^ΰ7 } (請先閲讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 農 訂--------- 控--智慧財產局員工"费-1-"0" ΐ:3'3;·1?¾財產局0 工消 f.·.·.-·.-·i3;ri 449467 A/ _ B7 五、發明說明(28) 上列爲參考資料之美國專利4,909,803中者較佳。在—較佳 具體實例中’經伸縮性處理的腿褶邊3 2另包括位在障壁稽 邊84外侧之具有一或多個彈性絲東丨〇5之彈性襯墊褶邊 104,諸如説明在以上列爲參考資料之美國專利4,695,278 中。 尿片2 0可更包括提供改良贴身及容納之彈性腰部特點3 4 。彈性腰部特點34至少自吸收芯材28之至少其中一個腰部 邊緣83在至少中央區域68縱向向外延伸,並大致形成尿片 20之至少一部分的末緣64。因此,彈性腰部特點34包括 至少自吸收芯材28之腰部邊緣83延伸至尿片20之末緣64 之該部分的尿片,且其係打算鄰接於穿帶者的腰部放置。 一般將抛棄式尿片構造成具有兩彈性腰部特點,一個位在 第一腰部區域,及一個位在第二腰部區域。 彈性腰部特點34之經伸縮性處理的腰帶35可包括一部 分的表層2 4,一部分的背層2 6,其經機械伸展較佳,及包 含位在表層24與背層26之間的彈性體元件76和位在背層 26與彈性體元件76之間的回彈性元件77之雙重層歷_製品 材料。 尿片之此組件以及其他组件更詳細地說明於WO 93/1 66 69,將其以提及的方式併入本文中。 吸收芯材 吸收芯材應爲大致可壓縮,可順從,對穿帶者皮膚不刺 激,且可吸收並滞留液體,諸如尿液及其他某些身體分泌 物。如圖6所示,吸收芯材具有衣物表面(「下部」或「底 -31 ---------—_ 5L Mutual, invention description (2?) The diaper 2G adjacent to the body (that is, the inner surface 54 is roughly composed of the surface layer 24 and the combination of $ s 士 廿 & /, to Formed by other components of the surface layer 24). The outer surface 52 includes urine located at a portion remote from the body of the wearer, and is generally formed from at least a portion of the back layer 26 and the other: the second layer 26 joined to the back layer 26). The first waist region 56 and the second waist region 58 extend from the peripheral edge 64 of the surrounding 60 to the transverse centerline of the diaper 2Q, respectively. A waist region includes a central region 68 and a pair of outer transverse regions that typically include a waist region. As for the blade, the side bar & in the first waist area 56 is indicated as, and the side bar located in the second waist area 58 is indicated as 72. This pair of side bars or each side bar need not be the same, but it is better that they are mirror images of each other. The side strips 72 located in the second waist region 58 may be elastically extensible in the lateral direction (i.e., the stretch-treated side strips 30). (Horizontal (x direction or width) is defined as the direction parallel to the horizontal centerline 66 of the exhibition 20; longitudinal (y direction or length) is defined as the direction parallel to the longitudinal center. Direction of line 67: and axial direction (2 directions) Or thickness) is defined as the direction extending through the thickness of the diaper 20). Fig. 6 shows a clear description of the diaper 20, in which the surface layer 24 and the back layer% have a length and a width dimension substantially larger than those of the absorbent core material 28. The surface layer 24 and the back layer 26 extend over the edges of the absorbent core material 28, thereby forming a periphery 60 of the diaper 20. The periphery 60 defines the outer perimeter, or in other words, the edge of the diaper 20. The periphery 60 includes a longitudinal edge 62 and a trailing edge 64. Although each of the stretched leg hem 32 can be constructed similar to any of the leg loops, side flaps, barrier hem, or elastic hem described above, each of the stretch-finished leg hem 3 2 includes at least one internal barrier rib ruffle g 4 ′, which includes barrier rib flaps 8 5 and spacer elastic elements 86, such as described in -30- (CNS) Al ^ ί & (-1〇 ^ ΰ7) (please first Read the note on the back? Matters and then fill out this page) Farming --------- Control-Intellectual Property Bureau employees " 费 -1- " 0 " ΐ: 3'3; · 1? ¾ Property Bureau 0 Industrial Consumption f. ····-· .- · i3; ri 449467 A / _ B7 V. Invention Description (28) The US patent 4,909,803 listed as reference material is better. In-better specific In the example, 'stretched leg hem 3 2 also includes an elastic pad hem 104 with one or more elastic threads east of the outer edge 84 of the barrier, such as the description listed above as reference material U.S. Patent 4,695,278. The diaper 20 may further include an elastic waist feature 34 that provides improved fit and accommodation. The elastic waist feature 34 is at least self-absorbent from at least one of the waist edges 83 of the core 28. The less central region 68 extends longitudinally outwardly and generally forms a trailing edge 64 of at least a portion of the diaper 20. Therefore, the elastic waist feature 34 includes extending from at least the waist edge 83 of the absorbent core 28 to the trailing edge 64 of the diaper 20. This part of the diaper is intended to be placed adjacent to the waist of the wearer. Generally, the disposable diaper is configured to have two elastic waist characteristics, one in the first waist region and one in the second waist region. Elastic waist feature 34. The stretch-treated waistband 35 may include a portion of the surface layer 2 4 and a portion of the back layer 2 6, which is preferably mechanically stretched and includes an elastomeric element positioned between the surface layer 24 and the back layer 26. Double layer calendar 76 of 76 and resilient element 77 between back layer 26 and elastomeric element 76. This component and other components of the diaper are described in more detail in WO 93/1 66 69, The methods mentioned are incorporated herein. The absorbent core material The absorbent core material should be generally compressible, compliant, non-irritating to the wearer's skin, and absorb and retain fluids such as urine and certain other body secretions. As shown in Figure 6 , Absorbent core has a garment surface ( "lower part" or "bottom -31--

(CNS)A-l J ---------111' ------11 * 11 — —---- (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁〕 449467 A7 B7(CNS) A-l J --------- 111 '------ 11 * 11 — ------ (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page] 449467 A7 B7

3i: 智 μ A t 五、發明說明(29) 邵」)、身體表面'側緣、及腰部邊緣。吸收芯材除了根據 本發明之流體分佈元件之外,尚可包括在拋棄式尿片及其 他吸收性物件中常用之各式各樣的液體吸收或液體處理材 料,其諸如,但不限於,一般稱爲空氣氈(airfeIt)之碎木紙 漿;溶融吹塑聚合物包括哥仿(coform):經化學硬化 '改 質或交聯的纖維素纖維;紙巾包括紙巾包裹及紙巾層壓製 品。 吸收性結構之一般實例説明於1986年9月9日發證給 Weisman等人之美國專利4,6 1 0,678,標題爲「高密度吸收 性結構(High-Density Absorbent Structures)」;1987 年 6 月16日發證給Weisman等人之美國專利4,673,402,標題爲 「具雙層芯材之吸收性物件(Absorbent ArtielesWithDual-LayeredCores)」;1989 年 12 月 19 日發證給 Angstadt 之美 國專利4,888,23 1 ,標題爲「具有撒粉層之吸收芯村 (Absorbent Core Having A Dusting Layer) j ; Bewick-3i: Zhi μ A t V. Description of the invention (29) Shao "), the side surface of the body surface, and the edge of the waist. The absorbent core material may include, in addition to the fluid distribution element according to the present invention, a variety of liquid-absorbent or liquid-treating materials commonly used in disposable diapers and other absorbent articles, such as, but not limited to, general Broken wood pulp called airfeIt; melt blown polymers include coform: chemically hardened 'modified or crosslinked cellulose fibers; paper towels include tissue wraps and tissue laminates. A general example of an absorbent structure is illustrated in U.S. Patent 4,6 1,0,678 issued to Weisman et al. On September 9, 1986, entitled "High-Density Absorbent Structures"; June 1987 US Patent No. 4,673,402 issued to Weisman et al. On 16th, entitled "Absorbent Artieles With Dual-Layered Cores"; US Patent No. 4,888,23 issued to Angstadt on December 19, 1989 1 , Titled "Absorbent Core Having A Dusting Layer j; Bewick-

Sonntag 等人之 ep-A-O 640 330 ; us 5 i80 622 (Berg 等人) ;US 5 1 02 597 (Roe 等人);US 5 387207 (LaVon)。可採 用與概述於下之使用作爲吸收芯材2 8之需求相容的此等 及類似結構。 吸收芯材可爲單一的芯材結構,或其可爲數個吸收性結 構之組合,其依序可再由一或多個次結構所組成。各結構 或/人,.·α構可具有基本上之一維延伸(即爲一層)或立體形狀。 吸收性物件乏區祕 一般而言,吸收性衛生物件係要穿帶於身體軀幹之下端 -32- ft (CXS/ΛΙ 1210 ------------- 嚴--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449467 A7 __________B7 — I --- - 五、發明說明(30) 附,。此等物件之基本的設計特點爲覆蓋產生排出物之身 體區域(「排出區域」),其在各別的身體開口周圍延伸。將 覆蓋排出區域之吸收性物件的各別區相對地稱爲「載入區」 。因此在使用時,一般將物件設置於穿帶者身上,以致其 自兩腿間之兩腿分又區域在穿帶者的正面及背面向上延伸( 對站立位置的穿帶者而言)。 —般而言,此等物件具有超過其寬度尺寸之長度尺寸, 因此當穿帶上物件時,長度尺寸之軸係與穿帶者站立時之 尚度方向排成一列,而物件之寬度方向係與自穿帶者之左 側延伸至右側之直線排成一列β 由於穿帶者的人體構造,因此在穿帶者兩腿之間的空間 一般將會限制物件在此區域所可資利用的空間。爲有良好 的貼身,應將吸收物件設計成在兩腿分叉區域可良好地貼 身。如物件之寬度相對於穿帶者之兩腿分叉寬度過寬,則 物件會變形,而會造成劣化的性能,並降低穿帶者的舒適 性。 對於本發明之範圍,將物件具有最小寬度而可最佳地貼 合於穿帶者之兩腿之間,且其與在穿帶者身上在兩腿間之 距離最窄之點一致的點稱爲「兩腿分叉點j 。 如物件之兩腿分又點無法由其形狀明顯得知,則其可經 由將物件置於設計使用族群(例如學步兒)之穿帶者身上,其 以在站立位置較佳’然後將可伸長的絲線以數字8的形態繞 穿帶者的腿部放置而測得。將對應於絲線交又點之在物件 中之點視爲物件之兩腿分叉點,因此其亦係附加於此物件 _ -33- 4 +> g 函家標单(c.n:s)A4 規格(ΐΊϋ * 公餐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂---------線 4 绖;5-却智«,>財產局員工消费· ί·τ.η·£,ri 49 467 Λί Β7 ____—----------—-—- 五、發明說明(31) 内之吸收芯材之兩腿分叉點9 雖然物件之此兩腿分叉點通常係在物件之中央(在縱向) ’但情況並不一定如此。打算穿帶於正面之部分的物件可 較背面(或後面)部分小·無論係其長度尺寸、或寬度、或兩 者、或表面積-而亦可相當令人滿意。並且,兩腿分叉點並 不需位在吸收芯材之中央,尤其係當吸收芯材並非在縱向 正中置於物件内時。 兩腿分叉區域係圍繞兩腿分叉點,以覆蓋各別的身體開 口,分別爲排出區域的範圍。除非特別説明,否則此區域 延伸於總芯材長度(其依序係定義爲在芯材之前腰及後腰 邊緣之間的距離,其可由垂直於縱向中心線之直線概算) 之5 0 /。的長度。如兩腿分叉點係位在物件之中央,則兩腿 分叉區域起始於(當自正向芯材邊緣計算時)總長度之25〇/〇 ,及延伸直至總芯材長度之75%。或者,吸蛛芯材長度之 前面及後面的四分之一不屬於兩腿分叉區域,而其餘部分 則屬於。 爲總吸收芯材長度50%之兩腿分叉區域長度係對婴兒尿 片得出的結果’在此情況其經證實係描述流體處理現象的 適當方式。如將本發明應用於具有極度不同尺寸之物件中 ,則可能須將此等50%降低(如在重度失禁物件之情況)或 增加此比(如在極輕度或輕度失禁物件之情況)。更廣義言之 ’物件之此兩腿分叉區域不應過度延伸超過穿帶者之排出 區域。 如兩腿分又點係位在偏離於物件之中點處’則兩腿分叉 _ _____ -34- {請先閱讀背面之沒意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂--------- 449 467 A7Sonntag et al. Ep-A-O 640 330; us 5 i80 622 (Berg et al.); US 5 1 02 597 (Roe et al.); US 5 387207 (LaVon). These and similar structures compatible with the requirements outlined below for use as an absorbent core 28 can be used. The absorbent core material may be a single core material structure, or it may be a combination of several absorbent structures, which may in turn be composed of one or more secondary structures. Each structure or person, ..α structure may have a substantially one-dimensional extension (that is, a layer) or a three-dimensional shape. Insufficient area of absorbent articles Generally speaking, absorbent sanitary articles are worn at the lower end of the body's torso -32- ft (CXS / ΛΙ 1210 ------------- Yan ---- ---- Order --------- line (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 449467 A7 __________B7 — I ----V. Description of the invention (30) Attached. These items The basic design feature is to cover the area of the body that produces the discharge (the "exhaust area"), which extends around each body opening. The respective areas of the absorbent article covering the discharge area are relatively referred to as "loading areas" ”. Therefore, in use, the object is generally placed on the wearer so that the area between the two legs extends upwards on the front and back of the wearer (for the wearer in the standing position) — Generally speaking, these objects have a length dimension exceeding their width dimension. Therefore, when the object is worn, the axis of the length dimension is aligned with the direction of the wearer when standing, and the width direction of the object It is aligned with the line extending from the left to the right of the wearer. Β Due to the body structure of the wearer Therefore, the space between the legs of the wearer will generally limit the space available for the article in this area. In order to have a good fit, the absorbent article should be designed to fit well in the bifurcation area of the legs. If the width of the article is too wide compared to the bifurcation of the legs of the wearer, the article will be deformed, which will cause degraded performance and reduce the comfort of the wearer. For the scope of the present invention, the article has a minimum width The point that best fits between the legs of the wearer and that coincides with the point where the distance between the legs of the wearer is the narrowest is called "the bifurcation point j." The two legs cannot be clearly identified by their shape, then they can be placed on the wearer of the design use group (such as toddlers), which is better in a standing position, and then the extensible The silk thread is measured around the legs of the wearer in the form of number 8. The point in the object corresponding to the intersection of the silk thread is regarded as the bifurcation point of the object, so it is also attached to this object_ -33- 4 + &g; g letter standard (cn: s) A4 specifications公 * Public meal) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Loading -------- Order --------- Line 4 绖; 5- 却 智 «, > Property Consumption of staff of the Bureau · ί · τ.η · £, ri 49 467 Λί Β7 ____ —----------—-—- 5. The legs of the absorbent core material in the description of the invention (31) are split Point 9 Although the bifurcation point of an object is usually at the center of the object (in the longitudinal direction), this is not necessarily the case. An object intended to be worn on the front can be smaller than the back (or rear) part. Its length dimension, or width, or both, or surface area-but also quite satisfactory. Moreover, the bifurcation point of the legs need not be located in the center of the absorbent core material, especially when the absorbent core material is not placed in the object in the longitudinal center. The bifurcation area is around the bifurcation point of the legs to cover the respective body openings, which are the areas of the drainage area. Unless otherwise specified, this area extends to 50% of the total core material length (which is defined as the distance between the front and back waist edges of the core material, which can be approximated by a straight line perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline). length. If the two-leg bifurcation point is located in the center of the object, the two-leg bifurcation area starts at 25/0 of the total length (when calculated from the positive core edge) and extends up to 75 of the total core length %. Alternatively, the front and rear quarters of the sucker core's length do not belong to the bifurcation area of the legs, while the rest belong. The length of the bifurcated area of the legs, which is 50% of the total absorbent core length, is the result of a baby diaper ', in which case it has proven to be a suitable way to describe the phenomenon of fluid treatment. If the present invention is applied to objects having extremely different sizes, it may be necessary to reduce these 50% (such as in the case of severe incontinence objects) or increase this ratio (such as in the case of extremely light or mild incontinence objects) . More generally, the bifurcation area of the article should not extend excessively beyond the discharge area of the wearer. If the legs are separated and then point at a position deviating from the midpoint of the object, then the legs are bifurcated _ _____ -34- (Please read the unintentional matter on the back before filling in this page) Equipment -------- Order --------- 449 467 A7

L fe cz B7 五、發明說明(32) 區域仍係覆蓋總物件長度(在縱向)之50%,然而,其在正面 與背面之間係不均勻地分佈,但成比例地調整至此偏差。 例如對於總芯材長度爲500毫米,且兩腿分叉點位在正中 之物件,兩腿分又區域將自距正向邊緣1 2 5毫米處延伸至距 正向邊緣3 7 5毫米處。或者,如兩腿分叉點位在朝向正向芯 材邊緣偏離5 0毫米處(即距正向芯材邊緣2 0 0毫米),則兩 腿分叉區域將自100毫米延伸至350毫米。 一般而言,對於總芯材長度爲Le,兩腿分叉點位在距正 向芯材邊緣距離Lcp,及兩腿分叉區之長度爲Lcz之物件, 該兩腿分叉區之正向邊緣將係位在以下距離 (1 -Lcz/Lc) 舉例來説’吸收物件可爲供學步兒(即約12至18公斤之 嬰兒重量)穿帶之婴兒尿片,其在商業中之物件尺寸一般稱 爲MAXI尺寸。則物件必須可接受及滯留排泄物質和尿液兩 者,然而對於本發明之情況,兩腿分又區域必須主要能接 受尿液之載入。 兩腿分又區域之總面積及尺寸當然亦視吸收芯材之各別 寬度而定,即如芯材在兩腿分又區域較在兩腿分叉區域外 部爲窄,則兩腿分叉區域較吸收芯材之其餘區域具有更小 的面積(表面)。 雖然9F可將在兩腿分又區域與其餘物件之間之邊界考慮 爲曲線’但在本説明内將其以垂直於物件縱軸之直線概述。 兩腿刀又區域」由在此各別區域中之芯材寬度進一步 ------------- -------—訂--------- (請先間讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 疫--智^-財產局 DM 工消費---^-51¾L fe cz B7 V. Description of the invention (32) The area still covers 50% of the total object length (longitudinal). However, it is unevenly distributed between the front and back, but it is proportionally adjusted to this deviation. For example, for an object with a total core length of 500 mm and the bifurcation points of the legs in the middle, the two-leg area will extend from 125 mm from the positive edge to 37.5 mm from the positive edge. Alternatively, if the bifurcation point of the legs is 50 mm away from the edge of the positive core material (ie, 200 mm from the edge of the positive core material), the bifurcation area of the legs will extend from 100 mm to 350 mm. In general, for an object with a total core length of Le, the two-leg bifurcation point is located at a distance Lcp from the edge of the positive core material, and the length of the two-leg bifurcation area is Lcz. The edges will be positioned at the following distance (1 -Lcz / Lc). For example, 'Absorbent articles may be baby diapers for toddlers (ie approximately 12 to 18 kg of infant weight). The size is generally called the MAXI size. The article must accept and retain both excretory material and urine, however, in the case of the present invention, the leg area must be primarily capable of receiving urine. The total area and size of the two-legged area will of course also depend on the respective width of the absorbent core material, that is, if the core material is narrower on the two-legged area than on the outside of the two-legged area, the two-legged area Has a smaller area (surface) than the rest of the absorbent core. Although 9F can consider the boundary between the two-legged area and the rest of the object as a curve ', it is outlined in this description as a straight line perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the object. The two-legged knife area is further extended by the width of the core material in this respective area ------------- --------- order --------- ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Epidemics-Intelligence ^-Property Bureau DM Workers Consumption --- ^-51¾

^+49 46 7 A7 _________B:____ 五、發明說明(33) 限制’且將表面之「兩腿分又區域面積」以兩腿分叉區域 長度及各別寬度定義。 吸收芯材亦包括至少一個,但多半爲兩個在兩腿分叉區 域外部向吸收芯材之正向及/或後向延伸之腰部區域爲兩腿 分叉區域之補充元件。 設計容量及最終儲存容量 爲能比較不同用途情;兄,或不同尺寸物件之吸收性物件 ,經發現「設計容量」係適當的量度方法。 舉例來説,嬰兒代表典型的使用族群,但即使係在此族 群内,尿液載入量、載入頻率、尿液之组成在一方面會自 較小的婴兒(新生兒)至學步兒而有寬廣的變化,並卫,例如 ,在各個不同的嬰兒之間亦會有變化。 另一使用族群可能爲仍患有某些形態之失禁問題的較大 孩童。 並且’失禁的成人亦會使用此種物件,其再次有範圍寬 廣的載入情況’一般稱爲輕度失禁至重度失禁。 由於熟悉技藝人士可容易地將此敎授轉移至其他的尺寸 ,因而對於進一步的論述,將焦點放在學步兒尺寸的嬰兒 上。對於此種使用者,經發現每次排泄直至75毫升之尿液 載入量,母/人牙帶期間平均四次排迪而產生3 〇 〇毫升之總載 入量,及1 5毫升/秒之排泄速率具充分的代表性。 因此,可應付此種需求之此等物件應具有吸收此種尿液 量之能力,爲作進一步的論述,將其稱爲「設計容量」。 | 此等流體量必須被最終能儲存體液之材料吸收,或至少^ + 49 46 7 A7 _________B: ____ 5. Description of the Invention (33) Limitation 'and define the "two-legged area area" of the surface as the length of the two-legged area and the respective width. The absorbent core material also includes at least one, but most of them are two complementary elements that extend outwardly and / or backwardly from the bifurcated region to the waist region that extends forward and / or backward. Design capacity and final storage capacity In order to be able to compare different uses; brothers, or absorbent articles of different sizes, it has been found that "design capacity" is an appropriate measurement method. For example, infants represent a typical use group, but even within this group, urine load, frequency, and composition of urine can range from smaller infants (newborns) to toddlers. And there is a wide range of changes, and for example, there are changes among different babies. Another use group may be older children who still suffer from some forms of incontinence. And 'incontinent adults will also use this kind of object, which again has a wide range of loading conditions' is generally called mild incontinence to severe incontinence. As those skilled in the art can easily transfer this instruction to other sizes, for further discussion, the focus will be on toddler-sized babies. For this type of user, it was found that the urine load up to 75 ml was excreted each time, and the average volume of dysfunction was four times during the period of the female / human dental belt, resulting in a total load of 300 ml, and 15 ml / s The excretion rate is fully representative. Therefore, these items that can cope with this demand should have the ability to absorb this amount of urine. For further discussion, this is called the "designed capacity". This amount of fluid must be absorbed by the material that will eventually store the body fluid, or at least

II

[________- 36 -_ ·ί '; ί:ί 1¾ -J'-f* - (CNS)A-l ) '— (請先闓讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} - I I I---—訂 -------- 449467 A: 137 經一求部智慧財屋局員工消货合彳_7.广2& 五、發明說明(34) 以致若有的話,僅有極少的流體殘留於泰 向牙帶者皮膚之物㈣表面上。術語 =:件在長期穿帶時間的情況,在另=面 =科與環境平衡時到達其「最終」容量。此可爲在此 -,收性物件中在眞f的使用中狀態下於長期穿帶時間後 ’或此π可爲純材料或材料複合物在試驗程序中。由於許 的方法具有漸近的動力行爲,因而熟悉技藝人士 可谷易地將r最終」容量視爲當實際容量達到足夠接近漸 近終點,例如相對於設備測量精度之値時達到。 由、吸收f生物件可包括主要設計於最終儲存流體之材料 ’及主要設計於實現其他功用諸如流體之吸取及/或分佈之 其他材料,但其仍可具有一些最終儲存能力,目而並不嘗 試人爲區分此等功用而對根據本發明之適當的芯材材料作 説明。雖然如此’可對全體吸收芯材、其之㈣、對吸收 性多口構 < 甚至次結構,以及先前使用之任何材料測定最 終儲存容量。 如以上關於改變物件尺寸之論述,熟悉技藝人士當可容 易地對其他的設計使用族群採用適當的設計容量。 使用於吸收芯材中夕钟料 吸收心材可包括纖維材料以形成纖維網狀物或纖維母材。 有用的纖維包括天然產生的纖維(經改質或未經改質),以 及合成製造的纖維。適當的未經改質/經改質天然產生纖維 之例子包括棉、西班牙草(ESpart〇 grass)、蔗渣、粗羊毛、 亞麻、生絲、羊毛、木質紙漿、經化學改質的木質紙漿、 -37- ^ -- ES a (CNS^A-l (m. 裝--------訂---------線 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A: 44948? 五、發明說明(35) 黃麻、嫘縈、乙基纖維素、及醋酸纖維素。適當的合成纖 •准了由心氣乙;ί布、聚氟乙稀、聚四氟乙晞、聚偏二氣乙晞 、聚丙晞酸系樹脂諸如ORLON®、聚乙酸乙烯酯、聚乙酸 乙基乙烯酯、不可溶解或可溶解的聚乙締醇、聚烯烴諸如 聚乙晞(例如,PULPEX®)及聚丙烯、聚醯胺諸如耐綸 '聚 ,諸如DACRON®或KODEL®'聚胺基甲酸酯 '聚苯乙烯等 等製成。所使用的纖維可單獨包括天然產生纖維,單獨包 括合成纖維,或包括天然產生及合成纖維之任何相容組^ 使用於本發明之纖維可爲親水性,或可爲親水性及疏水 性纖維之組合。 對於許多吸收芯材,使用親水性纖維爲較佳。適當的親 水性纖維包括纖維素纖維、改質纖維素纖維、嫘縈、聚酯 纖,.隹諸如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(例如,、親水性 耐給(HYDROFIL®)等等。適當的親水性纖維亦可經由將疏 水性纖維親水化而製得,諸如衍生自,例如,聚蹄煙諸如 聚乙缔或聚丙晞、聚丙埽酸系樹脂、聚酿胺、聚苯乙缔、 來胺基甲酸醋等等之經表面活性劑處理或經氧化碎處理的 熱塑性纖維。 適當的木質紙疲纖維可自許多熟知的化學方法製得,其 諸如’但不限於,牛皮紙(Kraft)及亞硫酸鹽方法。另一種 通當類型的纖維爲經化學硬化的纖維素。此處所使用之術 语「經化學硬化的纖維素纖維」係指經化學方式硬化,以 増加纖維在乾燥及水性狀態下之挺度之纖維素纖維。此種 万式可包括添加化學硬化劑,其例如,塗彳或浸潰纖維 --______38- d Ψ ύΜύ χ S'j't ^*4 ) f請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂---------線 "^^"弩財15-3 工"饽.---'-:.31-1:/- 449467 A: 五、發明說明(36) 。此種方式亦可包括經由改變化學結構,例如,經由交聯 聚合物鏈而使纖維硬化。 可塗覆或浸潰纖維素纖維之聚合硬化劑包括:具有含氮 基團(例如,胺基)之陽離子改質澱粉,諸如購自美國新澤西 州橋水市(Bridgewater)國家澱粉及化學品公司(National Starch and Chemica丨Corp.);乳膠;濕強度樹脂諸如聚醯胺 衣氧氣丙院> 樹脂(例如,Kymene® 557H,美國德拉瓦州維 明頓市(Wilmington)赫克力士公司(Hercules,In〇),説明於 ,例如,1971年1月19日發證之美國專利3,556,932 (Coscia等人)中之聚丙烯醯胺樹脂:美國康乃狄格州斯坦福 市(Stamford)美國氰胺公司(Americari Cyanami(i Co.)以 Parez 63 1 NC之商品名銷售之市售聚丙埽醯胺;腺甲臨及 三聚氰胺曱醛樹脂,及聚乙烯亞胺樹脂。 此等纖維亦可經由化學反應硬化。例如,可將交聯劑塗 布至纖維’其於塗布之後’以化學方式形成纖維内交聯鍵 。此等交聯鍵可增加纖維之挺度。雖然利用纖維内交聯鍵 於將纖維化學硬化爲較佳’但此並不意謂將用於使纖維化 學硬化之其他類型的反應排除在外。 個別化开;;之經X聯鍵硬化之纖維(即個別化的硬化纖維 ’以及其製法)揭示於,例如,1 9 6 5年1 2月2 1曰發證之美 國專利3,224,926 (Bernardin) ; 1969年4月22日發證之美 國專利3,440,135(〇1\111旦);1976年1月13日發證之美國專 利3,932,209 (Chatterjee);及1989年12月19日發證之美國 專利4,03 5,147 (Sangenis等人);1990年2月6日發證之美 -39- ^ a Tit (cns;a-i (210 ^ ) C請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂--------* 經浯却智«.;財產局費工消費0-汴4*-.5^ 4 4 9 467 A7 經 濟 部 智 .¾ 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 B7 五、發明說明(37 ) 國專利4,898,642d (Moore等人);及I"2年8月11日發證 之美國專利5,137,537 (Herron等人)。 在目前較佳的硬化纖維中,化學處理包括當此等纖維在 相當脱水、纖維分離(即個別化)、加捻、捲曲狀態下時,利 用交聯劑的纖維内交聯。適當的化學硬化劑典型上爲單體 交聯劑’其尤其包括CrC9聚羧酸諸如檸檬酸β此等硬化纖 維爲經加捻及捲曲較佳,如更詳細地説明於美國專利 4,898,642。 此等化學硬化纖維素纖維具有某些性質,而使其相對於 未經硬化的纖維素纖維尤其有用於某些吸收劑。除了爲親 水性之外,此等硬化纖維尚具有挺度及回彈性之獨特組合。 除此之外,或另一種方式爲可將合成或熱塑性纖維包含 於吸收性結構中,此吸收性結構諸如由可在不會廣泛地損 壞纖維之溫度下熔融之任何熱塑性聚合物所製成。此熱塑 性材料之熔點低於約190Χ:將較佳,及在約75Ό及約…175 。。之間更佳。無論如何,此熱塑性材料之熔點應不低於當 使用於吸收性物件中時,熱黏合吸收性結構所可能儲存之 溫度下。熱塑性材料之熔點典型上不低於約5〇i>c。 熱塑性材料,尤其係熱塑性纖維,可由各種埶塑性聚合 物:〜其包括聚締㈣如聚乙缔(例如,pul、pex@)及聚 U:、共聚醋、聚乙酸乙缔醋、聚酿胺、共聚㈣ 、聚奉乙烯'聚胺基甲酸酯及任 4 ^ r Ά / ^ a ^ J这λ合物之共聚物諸 如氣乙缔/乙酸乙烯酯等等。適杰 ^ ^ μ 田$熱塑性材料包括經製成 硯水性之巯水性纖維,諸如衍生 王目,比方説,聚烯烴諸如 帽 @ 家標準(CNS)Aj “(2】Q χ 297 公爱了 --------------^*-------訂---------線 f請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁> 449467 A7 B7 —-----U ^!"i;4?i?ST產局員工;ιφ,--1.--^¾ -41 - a 五、發明說明(38) 聚乙緙玖眾内締 ' 啊似祇本乙締、 聚胺基甲酸醋等等之經表面活性劑處理或經氧化砂處理的 熱塑性纖維。疏水性熱塑性纖維之表面可經由以表面活性 劑,諸如非離子或陰離子表面活性劑處理,例如,經由將 纖維喷塗表面活性劑,經由將纖維浸於表面活性劑中,或 經由在製造熱塑性纖維時,將表面活性劑包含成爲聚合物 熔體之邵分,而成爲親水性。當熔融及再固化時,表面舌 性劑將傾向於停留在熱塑性纖維之表面。適當的表面活性 劑包括非離子表面活性劑諸如德拉瓦州維明頓市1C〗美國 公司(ICI Americas,Inc.)製造之叫⑥76,及由康乃狄格州 格林威治市(Greenwich)葛菜可化學品公司(Glyco Chemicai[________- 36 -_ · ''; ί: ί 1¾ -J'-f *-(CNS) Al) '— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page}-II I ---— Order -------- 449467 A: 137 Employees of the Wealth Management Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Economics _7. Guang 2 & V. Description of the Invention (34) So that, if there is, there is very little residual fluid On the surface of the skin of the person who wears a toothbrush. The term =: the condition of the long-term wearing time of the piece, and the "final" capacity is reached when the other surface is balanced with the environment. This can be here- After being worn for a long period of time in the in-use state of sexual objects, or π may be a pure material or a composite of materials in the test procedure. As the method has asymptotic dynamic behavior, a person skilled in the art may It is easy to regard the "final" capacity as when the actual capacity has reached a point close enough to the asymptotic end, for example, relative to the accuracy of the device's measurement accuracy. The bio-absorption component can include materials designed primarily for the final storage fluid 'and primarily designed for Other materials that perform other functions such as the absorption and / or distribution of fluids, but they can still have some of the most Final storage capacity, without attempting to artificially distinguish these functions, to explain the appropriate core material according to the present invention. Nonetheless, 'the entire absorbent core material, its puppets, the absorbent multi-port structure < Even the substructure, and any materials previously used to determine the final storage capacity. As discussed above about changing the size of the object, those skilled in the art can easily adopt the appropriate design capacity for other design use groups. Used in absorbent core materials Evening materials can include fibrous materials to form a fibrous network or fibrous base material. Useful fibers include naturally occurring fibers (modified or unmodified), and synthetically manufactured fibers. Appropriate unmodified Examples of natural / modified natural fibers include cotton, ESpartograss, bagasse, coarse wool, linen, raw silk, wool, wood pulp, chemically modified wood pulp, -37- ^-ES a (CNS ^ Al (m. equipment -------- order --------- line {Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A: 44948? V. Description of the invention ( 35) Jute, cricket Ethylcellulose, and cellulose acetate. Appropriate synthetic fibers are approved by Xinqiyi; cloth, polyvinyl fluoride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyvinylidene chloride, polyacrylic acid resins such as ORLON® , Polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetate, insoluble or soluble polyvinyl alcohol, polyolefins such as polyethylene (for example, PULPEX®) and polypropylene, polyamides such as nylon 'poly, such as DACRON® or KODEL® 'polyurethane' polystyrene, etc. The fibers used may include naturally occurring fibers alone, synthetic fibers alone, or any compatible group of naturally occurring and synthetic fibers ^ The fibers used in the present invention may be hydrophilic, or may be a combination of hydrophilic and hydrophobic fibers. For many absorbent core materials, the use of hydrophilic fibers is preferred. Suitable hydrophilic fibers include cellulose fibers, modified cellulose fibers, cellulose fibers, polyester fibers, such as polyethylene terephthalate (for example, HYDROFIL®), and the like. Hydrophilic fibers can also be made by hydrophobizing hydrophobic fibers, such as derived from, for example, poly hones such as polyethylene or polypropylene, polyacrylic acid-based resins, polyamines, polystyrene, etc. Surfactant-treated or oxidized shredded thermoplastic fibers such as urethanes. Suitable lignocellulosic fibers can be prepared from many well-known chemical methods such as, but not limited to, Kraft and Asian Sulfate method. Another common type of fiber is chemically hardened cellulose. The term "chemically hardened cellulosic fiber" as used herein refers to chemically hardened, added fibers in a dry and aqueous state Stiffness of cellulose fibers. This type can include the addition of chemical hardeners, such as coated or impregnated fibers --______ 38- d ύ ύΜύ χ S'j't ^ * 4) f Please read the back first Precautions (Fill in this page) Install -------- Order --------- line " ^^ " Crossbow Choi 15-3 Worker " 饽 .---'- :. 31-1 : /-449467 A: 5. Description of the invention (36). This approach may also include stiffening the fibers by changing the chemical structure, for example, by cross-linking polymer chains. Polymeric hardeners that can be coated or impregnated with cellulose fibers include: cationic modified starches with nitrogen-containing groups (eg, amine groups), such as those purchased from Bridgewater National Starch and Chemical Company, New Jersey, USA (National Starch and Chemica 丨 Corp.); latex; wet-strength resins such as polyamide-coated oxygen-acrylonitrile resins (e.g., Kymene® 557H, Hercules, Wilmington, Delaware, USA) , In〇), as described, for example, in the US Patent 3,556,932 (Coscia et al.) Issued on January 19, 1971, polypropylene amidamine resins: American Cyanamide Corporation, Stamford, Connecticut, USA (Americari Cyanami (i Co.) is a commercially available polypropylene amide sold under the trade name of Parez 63 1 NC; adenine and melamine aldehyde resins, and polyethylene imine resins. These fibers can also be hardened by chemical reactions. For example, a cross-linking agent can be applied to the fibers 'after coating' to chemically form intra-fiber cross-links. These cross-links can increase the stiffness of the fiber. Dimensional chemical hardening is preferred 'but this does not mean that other types of reactions used to chemically harden fibers are excluded. Individualized ;; X-bonded fibers (ie, individualized hardened fibers) and their Manufacturing method) is disclosed in, for example, US Patent 3,224,926 (Bernardin) issued on December 21, 1965; US Patent 3,440,135 (〇1 \ 111 Dan) issued on April 22, 1969; US Patent 3,932,209 (Chatterjee) issued on January 13, 1976; and US Patent 4,03 5,147 (Sangenis et al.) Issued on December 19, 1989; 39- ^ a Tit (cns; ai (210 ^) C Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -------- Order -------- * Jing Ye but Zhi « .; Consumption of labor expenses of the Property Bureau 0- 汴 4 *-. 5 ^ 4 4 9 467 A7 Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. ¾ Employee Cooperative of the Property Bureau printed B7 V. Description of Invention (37) National Patent 4,898,642d (Moore et al.); And I " U.S. Patent No. 5,137,537 (Herron et al.) Issued on August 11, 2002. Among the currently preferred stiffened fibers, chemical treatment includes when these fibers are relatively dehydrated, fiber In the state of separation (ie, individualization), twisting, and crimping, intra-fiber crosslinking using a cross-linking agent. Suitable chemical hardeners are typically monomeric cross-linking agents, which include, in particular, CrC9 polycarboxylic acids such as citrate beta These stiffened fibers are preferably twisted and crimped, as described in more detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,898,642. These chemically hardened cellulose fibers have certain properties that make them particularly useful for certain absorbents relative to unhardened cellulose fibers. In addition to being hydrophilic, these stiffened fibers have a unique combination of stiffness and resilience. In addition, or in another way, synthetic or thermoplastic fibers can be included in an absorbent structure, such as made of any thermoplastic polymer that can melt at temperatures that do not extensively damage the fibers. The melting point of this thermoplastic material is below about 190 ×: it will be better, and at about 75 ° and about ... 175 °. . Better between. In any case, the melting point of the thermoplastic material should not be lower than the temperature at which the thermally bonded absorbent structure can be stored when used in an absorbent article. The melting point of a thermoplastic material is typically not less than about 50i> c. Thermoplastic materials, especially thermoplastic fibers, can be made from a variety of plastic polymers: ~ It includes polyethers such as polyethylene (for example, pul, pex @) and poly U :, copolymerized vinegar, polyvinyl acetate, polyamine , Copolymer, Polyethylene, Polyurethane, Polyurethane, and Any 4 ^ rΆ / ^ a ^ J Lambda Compounds such as Gas Ethylene / Vinyl Acetate, etc. Shi Jie ^ ^ Tian Tian thermoplastic materials include water-soluble sulfhydryl fibers, such as derivates, and, for example, polyolefins such as caps @ 家 标准 (CNS) Aj "(2) Q χ 297 ------------- ^ * ------- Order --------- line f Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page> 449467 A7 B7 —----- U ^! &Quot;i; 4? I? ST Industry Bureau employees; ιφ,-1 .-- ^ ¾ -41-a 5. Description of the invention (38) 'Ah, only the surface-treated or oxidized sand-treated thermoplastic fibers of this ethylenic, polyurethane, etc. The surface of the hydrophobic thermoplastic fibers can be treated with surfactants, such as nonionic or anionic surfactants. Agent treatment, for example, by spraying the fibers with a surfactant, by immersing the fibers in the surfactant, or by including the surfactant as a polymer melt in the manufacture of thermoplastic fibers, and becoming hydrophilic When melted and re-solidified, surfactants will tend to stay on the surface of the thermoplastic fibers. Suitable surfactants include non-ionic surfactants such as Della City of Wilmington, United States〗 1C Company (ICI Americas, Inc.) Of manufacture called ⑥76, and by the Connecticut Greenwich (Greenwich) GE food can Chemical Company (Glyco Chemicai

Inc·)以Peg0SperSe®註册商標銷售之各種表面活性劑。除了’ 非離子表面活性劑之外,亦可使用陰離子表面活性劑。此 等表面活性劑可以,例如,自約〇2至约〗克每平方公分執 塑性纖維之量値塗布至熱塑性纖維。 適當的熱塑性纖維可由單—聚合物製成(單成份纖維), :戈可由多於—種聚合物製成(例如,雙成份纖維卜舉例來 忒,「雙成份纖維」可指包含包於由―種聚合物製成之熱 二性稍内之由不同聚合物製成之芯纖維之熱塑性纖維。包 含鞘的聚合物通常係在與包含芯之聚合物不同,典型上爲 溫度下溶融。結果,此等雙成份纖維由於稍聚合物 特性。 f仍保持心4合物之期望的強度 適當的雙成份纖維可包括具有下列聚合物組合之銷/芯 _通舀來结皐(CNSM4規格⑵ —.^--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之;i意事項再填寫本頁) 449467 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(39 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 纖維:聚乙烯/聚丙烯 '聚乙酸乙基乙烯酯/聚丙烯'聚乙 締/聚醋' 聚丙烯/聚酯、共聚酯/聚酯等等。使用於此之特 別適當的雙成份熱塑性纖維爲具有聚丙烯或聚酯之芯,及 較低溶點之共聚酯、聚乙酸乙基乙烯酯或聚乙烯之鞘之纖 維(例如’ DANAKLON®、CELBOND®或 CHISSO®雙成份 纖維)。此等雙成份纖維可爲同心或離心。此處所使用之術 語「同心」及「離心」係指鞘在雙成份纖維之截面積上是 否具有均勻或不均勻的厚度。離心雙成份纖維對於在較低 纖維厚度下提供更多壓縮強度可能較佳s使用於此之適當 的雙成份纖維可爲未捲縮(即彎曲)。雙成份纖維可利用典 型的紡織方法,諸如,比方説,填塞箱卷曲法或齒輪捲縮 方法捲縮’以達到主要爲二維或「平的」捲縮。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在熱塑性纖維之情況中,其長度可視此等纖維所期望的 特殊熔點及其他性質而異。典型上,此等熱塑性纖維具有 長自約〇,3至約7.5公分之長度,以長自約〇 4至約3 〇公分 較佳。此等熱塑性纖維之性質,包括熔點,亦可經由改變 纖維之直徑(厚度)而調整。此等熱塑性纖維之直徑典型上係 以丹尼値(denier)(克每9000来)或分得克斯(克每ι〇,_米 d㈣定義。視在結構内之特定配置而定,適當的敎塑性纖 維可具有在自甚低於U得克斯,諸如〇 4分得克斯至約2〇 dtex之範圍内的分得克斯。 該纖維材料可在當製造吸收性物件時,以個別化形態使 用,及在線上形成空氣舖設纖維結構。該纖維亦可以預成 形纖維網狀物或紙巾使用。接著將此等結構以基本上無止 -42- 本紙張尸、度:a用ψ國國家標準(CNS)A4覘格(2】ϋ X 297 --'~~~ ____ 4 4 9 467 A7 B7 五、發明說明(4〇 ) 兄或非常長的形態(例如在捲筒、線轴 然後將其切割成適當尺寸。當切割芯材之本 =芯材共同延”,此可在將此等材料與其他材料 成吸收心材之可’個別地在各此等材料上完成。 / 中製造此等網狀物之方法’且此等方法係技藝 關於用於製造此等網狀物之纖維,大體而言幾乎 何限制,雖然某些特定的網狀物形成及黏合方法可能無法 與某些材料或纖維類型完全相容。 ‘、 當將個別化纖維作爲製造網狀物之起始材料時,可將其 置於流體介質中’如此介質爲氣態(空氣),則—般將此種結 構稱爲「乾舖J,如其爲液體,則一般將此種結構稱爲「 濕舖J 。 「濕舖」被廣泛地用於製造具有多樣性質之紙巾 。此術語最常配合纖維素材料使用,然而,亦可包括合成 纖維。 σ 「乾舖」被廣泛地用於不織網狀物,且通常可使用梳理 万法於形成此種網狀物。普遍知曉的「空氣舖設紙巾」亦 屬於此領域。 可將熔融聚合物擠塑成纖维,其接著可直接形成爲網狀 物(即省略製造個別的纖維,其接著再在個別的方法步驟中 形成爲網狀物之方法步驟)。一般將所產生的結構稱爲熔融 吹塑型的不織布,或如纖維經更顯著的拉伸,則稱爲紡黏 (spunbonded)網狀物 〇 此外,網狀物亦可經由結合一或多種其他的形成技術而 43- 本纸張疋/豆这丐中舀國家標準(CNS)A·!規格(210 X 297公笼) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 裝--------訂---------線 ! 經濟部智,¾財產局員工消費合作社印製 449467 A7 B7 蛀-部智慧財產局員工消"--ϋ-Ξ,κ 五、發明說明(41) 形成 爲賦予網狀物結構一些強度及整體性性質,一般將其黏 合。最廣泛使用的技術爲(3)化學黏合,或(b)經由使一部分 之網狀物熔融的熱黏合。對於後者,可將纖維壓縮以產生 個別的黏合點,例如對於不織材料,其可涵蓋顯著份量的 總面積,常見的値爲20%。或者可應用「空氣通透(仏. through)」黏合,其尤其有用於須要低密度之結構,其中經 由使加熱空氣通過(通常爲空氣舖設的)網狀物,而使部分的 聚合物,例如雙成份纖維之鞘材料熔融。 於網狀物形成及黏合後,其可經進一步處理以改變特定 的性質。其可爲-在許多可行實例的其中一者_加入表面活性 劑,以使疏水性纖維更爲親水性,或反之亦然。並且,可 使用形成後機械處理,諸如揭示於Ep申請案961〇8427 4中 者,於賦予此等材料特別有用的性質。 吸收芯材可在纖維網狀物之外,或替代其而包含其他的 多孔性材料較佳,此多孔性材料諸如泡沫塑料,尤其係先 前所説明的開孔吸收性聚合泡沫材料。 趄吸收聚合物或永凝膠 根據本發明之吸收性結構視需要可包含超吸收聚合物戈 水凝膠,且此通常爲較佳。有用於本發明之水凝膠形成吸 收聚合物包括各種可吸收大量液體之實質上不溶於水'但 水可潤脹的聚合物一般亦將此種聚合物材料稱爲「親水 膠」、或「超吸收」材料。此等水凝膠形成吸收聚合物^ 具有多數陰離子官能基,諸如磺酸較佳,及以羧基更爲典 - -----------V - ------I I · — I------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Inc.) Various surfactants sold under the registered trademark of Peg0SperSe®. In addition to the 'nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants can also be used. These surfactants can be applied to thermoplastic fibers, for example, in an amount from about 02 to about gram per square centimeter. Appropriate thermoplastic fibers may be made from a single polymer (single-component fibers), or may be made from more than one polymer (for example, two-component fibers, for example, "bi-component fibers" may refer to ―Thermoplastic fibers made of different polymers are thermoplastic fibers with core fibers made of different polymers. The polymer containing the sheath is usually different from the polymer containing the core and typically melts at temperature. Results These bi-component fibers have slightly polymer characteristics. F still maintains the desired strength of the core 4 compound. Bi-component fibers with appropriate strengths may include pins / cores with the following polymer combinations to form a knot (CNSM4 specification ⑵ — . ^ -------- Order --------- line (please read the back first; fill in this page and then fill in this page) 449467 Α7 Β7 5. Description of the invention (39) (Please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page again) Fiber: Polyethylene / Polypropylene'Polyvinylacetate / Polypropylene'Polyethylene / Polyacetate 'Polypropylene / Polyester, Copolyester / Polyester, etc. Use Particularly suitable two-component thermoplastic fibers herein are polypropylene or polyester cores, and Melting point co-polyester, polyvinyl acetate or polyethylene sheath fiber (such as' DANAKLON®, CELBOND®, or CHISSO® bicomponent fibers). These bicomponent fibers can be concentric or centrifuged. Used here The terms "concentric" and "centrifugal" refer to whether the sheath has a uniform or non-uniform thickness in the cross-sectional area of the bicomponent fiber. Centrifugal bicomponent fibers may be better used to provide more compressive strength at lower fiber thicknesses. Suitable bicomponent fibers herein may be uncurled (i.e. bent). Bicomponent fibers may be crimped using typical textile methods, such as, for example, stuffed box crimping or gear crimping methods, to achieve primarily two Dimensional or "flat" crimping. In the case of thermoplastic fibers printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the length varies depending on the special melting point and other properties expected of these fibers. Typically, these thermoplastic fibers It has a length of from about 0.3 to about 7.5 cm, preferably from about 0.4 to about 30 cm. The properties of these thermoplastic fibers, including the melting point, can also be determined by Adjusted by changing the diameter (thickness) of the fiber. The diameter of these thermoplastic fibers is typically defined by denier (grams per 9000) or decitex (grams per millimeter, _m d㈣. Apparently Depending on the specific configuration within the structure, a suitable pseudoplastic fiber may have a fractional dex in a range from very low to less than Utex, such as from 04 cents to approximately 20 dtex. The fiber material may be When manufacturing absorbent articles, they are used in individualized forms and air-laid fiber structures are formed on the wire. The fibers can also be used in pre-formed fiber webs or paper towels. These structures are then substantially endless -42- The paper body, degree: a National Standard (CNS) A4 觇 grid (2) ϋ X 297-'~~~ ____ 4 4 9 467 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4〇) Brother or very long Shape (e.g. on a reel, spool and then cut to size. When the core material is cut = the core material is extended ", this can be done by combining these materials with other materials to absorb the core material 'individually on each of these materials. / In the method of making these meshes' And these methods are technically about the fibers used to make these meshes, and are generally almost limited, although some specific mesh formation and bonding methods may not be fully compatible with certain materials or fiber types. '. When individualized fibers are used as the starting material for the manufacture of the mesh, they can be placed in a fluid medium.' If the medium is gaseous (air), then this structure is generally referred to as "dry shop J, as its As a liquid, this structure is generally referred to as "wet spread J." "Wet spread" is widely used to make a variety of tissues. This term is most commonly used with cellulosic materials, however, it can also include synthetic fibers. σ "Dry shop" is widely used for non-woven webs, and carding methods are commonly used to form such webs. The commonly known "air-laid tissue" also belongs to this field. The molten polymer can be extruded into fibers, which can then be directly formed into a mesh (i.e., the method steps of making individual fibers are omitted and then formed into a mesh in individual method steps). The resulting structure is generally referred to as a melt-blown non-woven fabric, or if the fiber is more significantly stretched, it is referred to as a spunbonded mesh. In addition, the mesh can also be combined with one or more other 43- This paper-/ 豆 中 疋 National Standard (CNS) A ·! Specifications (210 X 297 male cage) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page] ---- Order --------- Online! Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, ¾ Employees ’Cooperatives of the Property Bureau 449467 A7 B7 蛀 -Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau Employees "-ϋ-Ξ, κ V, DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (41) It is formed to give the network structure some strength and integrity properties, and it is generally bonded. The most widely used techniques are (3) chemical bonding, or (b) via heat that melts a portion of the network. Bonding. For the latter, the fibers can be compressed to create individual bonding points, for example for non-woven materials, which can cover a significant amount of total area, typically 値 is 20%. Alternatively, “「 through ”can be applied Gluing, which is especially useful for structures that require low density, by passing heated air through (Usually air-laid) meshes that melt part of the polymer, such as the sheath material of bicomponent fibers. After the mesh is formed and bonded, it can be further processed to change specific properties. It can be -Adding a surfactant to one of the many possible examples to make hydrophobic fibers more hydrophilic, or vice versa. And, post-forming mechanical treatments can be used, such as disclosed in Ep application 961084247 It is particularly useful for imparting these materials with properties. The absorbent core material may be in addition to or instead of a fibrous web, and may include other porous materials, such as foams, especially as previously described. Open cell absorbent polymeric foam material. 趄 Absorbent polymer or permanent gel according to the absorbent structure of the present invention may contain a superabsorbent polymer hydrogel if necessary, and this is usually preferred. Water for use in the present invention Gel-forming absorbent polymers include a variety of polymers that are substantially insoluble in water that can absorb large amounts of liquid, but water-swellable polymers are also commonly referred to as "hydrophilic gums" Or "superabsorbent" materials. These hydrogels form absorbent polymers ^ with most anionic functional groups, such as sulfonic acids, and carboxyl groups are more typical------------ V-- ----- II · — I ------ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

449 46 7 Λ7 B7 五、發明說明(42) • F-λ 局 货 ta k 型。適用於此之聚合物的例予包括 酸單體製備得之聚合物。 4σ不飽和、含 在?備此處之水凝膠形成吸收聚合物時,亦可包含一些 非酸單體,通常係少量地& +。& $ & & ° " 4本η u 寺非酸單體可包括,例 如,含鉍早體之水可溶< k , 谷及水可分散的酯類,以及完全不本 幾酸或績酸基團之單體。此莓敖l σ ^此寺熟知材料之例子説明於,例 如,1978年2月28日菸埤夕宝圃* ^ 、 … 日“之吴國專利4,〇76i663 (Masuda 寺人),及1977年12月13曰發 贫哎之·吴國專利4,062,8 1 7 (Westerman)。 適用於本發明的水凝膠形成吸收聚合物包含羧基。此等 聚合物包括水解澱粉-丙烯腈接枝共聚物 '部分中和的澱粉_ 丙缔腈接枝共聚物、殿粉丙烯酸接枝共聚物、部分中和的 澱粉-丙烯酸接枝共聚物、έ化乙酸乙烯酯_丙埽酸酯共聚物 水解丙烯腈或丙烯醯胺共聚物、任何前述共聚物之輕度 網狀交聯聚合物、部分中和聚丙晞酸、及部分中和聚丙晞 酸之輕度網狀交聯聚合物。此等聚合物可單獨使用,或以 —或多種不同聚合物之混合物的形態使用。此等聚合物材 料之例子揭示於美國專利3,66丨,875 、美國專利4,076,663 '美國專利4,093,776 '美國專利4,666,983 、及美國專利 4,734,478 = 使用於製造水凝膠形成顆粒之最佳的聚合物材料爲部分 中和聚丙晞酸之輕度網狀交聯聚合物及其殿粉衍生物。水 凝膠形成顆粒包含自約50至約95%之中和、輕度網狀交聯 聚丙烯酸(即聚(丙烯酸鈉/丙烯酸))最佳,約75%較佳。 -45- (CN.S)AJ CMU * ί-U ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂---------線 ";"3;智^財屋局員工消費合·',—-tr, 449 46 7 ______B7 五、發明說明(43) 如如所述’水凝勝形成吸收聚合物爲輕度網狀交聯較佳 。網狀交聯可使聚合物實質上不溶於水,及部分決定代表 前身顆粒及所產生之巨結構之特性的吸收容量及可萃取聚 合物含量。使聚合物網狀交聯之方法及典型的網狀交聯劑 更詳細説明於前文列爲參考資料之美國專利4,076,663及 DE-A-4020780 (Dahmen) 〇 超吸收材料可以顆粒形態或纖維形態使用,且亦可與其 他元件結合而形成預成形結構α 雖然已分開揭示個別的元件,但吸收性結構或次結構可 經由結合一或多個此等元件而製得。 以下説明適當的組合,但其並不造成限制。 i)特殊的超吸收聚合物(SAP)與纖維素或其他纖維混合。 基本原理已經充分建立及知曉,然而,當嘗試降低物件 足厚度時,近來係使用愈來愈高的SAp對纖維重量比 。在此範圍内,SAP與黏合劑諸如熱熔膠(諸如揭示於 ΕΡ·Α-0_695,54 1)或與可熔融聚合材料(諸如pE顆粒)之 結合可爲使SAP固定之適當工具:449 46 7 Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention (42) • F-λ local goods tak type. Examples of polymers suitable for use herein include polymers prepared from acid monomers. 4σ unsaturated, contained? When the hydrogels used herein form absorbent polymers, they may also contain some non-acid monomers, usually in small amounts. & $ & & ° " The η u non-acid monomers may include, for example, water-soluble < k, cereals and water-dispersible esters containing bismuth precursors, as well as completely different Monomers of acid or acid groups. The example of this berry l σ ^ well-known material in this temple is described in, for example, the February 28, 1978 Yan Xi Xi Bao Pu * ^,… "Wu Guo Patent 4, 〇76i663 (Masuda Temple People), and 1977 December 13th, 2013. Wu Guo Patent 4,062,8 1 7 (Westerman). Hydrogel-forming absorbent polymers suitable for the present invention contain carboxyl groups. These polymers include hydrolyzed starch-acrylonitrile graft copolymerization Partially neutralized starch_ Acrylonitrile graft copolymer, acrylic powder graft copolymer, partially neutralized starch-acrylic graft copolymer, hydrolyzed vinyl acetate_propionate copolymer hydrolyzed propylene Nitrile or acrylamide copolymers, lightly networked crosslinked polymers of any of the foregoing copolymers, partially neutralized polypropionic acid, and lightly networked crosslinked polymers partially neutralized polyacrylic acid. These polymers Can be used alone or in the form of a mixture of different polymers. Examples of such polymer materials are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,66 丨, 875, U.S. Patent 4,076,663 'U.S. Patent 4,093,776' U.S. Patent 4,666,983, and U.S. Patent 4,734,478 = used in manufacturing The best polymer material for hydrogel-forming particles is a mildly reticulated crosslinked polymer that partially neutralizes polypropionic acid and its powder derivatives. Hydrogel-forming particles are included in from about 50 to about 95% The mild and mild network cross-linked polyacrylic acid (that is, poly (sodium acrylate / acrylic acid)) is the best, about 75% is better. -45- (CN.S) AJ CMU * ί-U) (Please read the back (Please note this page and fill in this page again) Binding --------- line " "3; Zhi ^ Finance House Staff Consumption Consolidation ', --tr, 449 46 7 ______B7 V. Description of Invention (43 ) As mentioned, 'Hydrocoagulation is better to form an absorbent polymer with mild network cross-linking. Network cross-linking can make the polymer substantially insoluble in water, and partially determines the size of the precursor particles and the resulting macrostructure. Specific absorption capacity and extractable polymer content. The method of making the polymer network cross-linked and typical network cross-linking agents are described in more detail in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,076,663 and DE-A-4020780 (Dahmen), which are listed above as references. 〇 Superabsorbent materials can be used in the form of particles or fibers, and can also be combined with other elements to form a preformed structure α Although Individual elements have been disclosed separately, but absorbent structures or substructures can be made by combining one or more of these elements. Suitable combinations are described below, but they are not limiting. I) Special superabsorbent polymers ( SAP) is blended with cellulose or other fibers. The basic principle is well established and known, however, when trying to reduce the foot thickness of objects, recently the higher SAp to fiber weight ratio has been used. Within this range, SAP and bonding Agents such as hot-melt adhesives (such as those disclosed in EP · A-0_695,54 1) or in combination with melt-polymerizable materials (such as pE particles) can be suitable tools for SAP fixation:

⑴SAP經由顆粒間交聯形成次結構,諸如説明於US⑴SAP forms substructures via interparticle cross-linking, as described in US

"1)纖維性SAP與其他纖維混合,或形成纖維性網狀 物’諸如説明於US/EP iv)包含超吸收顆粒材料之泡沫塑料結構,諸如説明於 US/EP ' 貫施例 此等實施例說明有用於太益扣、,士 士 $用於本發明之消撂HIPE泡沫塑料之特 -46- i-'i' ) (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 1--------訂---------線 ! 449 467 Λ7 B7 迕负5;:智«.財產荀具工消φ;,-ϋ‘ί'Ι,η 五、發明說明(44) 定的製備方式。 樣品1、2、3-作爲分佈材料乏HTPF. 以下的樣品A.5 i A.7爲聚合泡末塑料類型,且其係以 大致説明於先前美國專利號數5,563,179之實施例段落中 之方式製備得。-般而言,此方法包括適當地混合含有選 定鹽之水相與含有選定單體及乳化劑之油相。水相典型上 包含引發劑諸如過硫酸鉀及無機鹽諸如氣化鈣。油相典型 上包含單體諸如丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及交聯單體諸如二乙烯 苯(其含有乙基苯乙烯之不純物;I及丨,6-己二醇二丙晞酸酯 I摻混物。亦可將佐藥諸如抗氧化劑、遮蓋劑、顏料、染 料、塡料、及其他大致不起化學反應的化學品加至任一相 中〇 將油相及水相之個別物流(典型上經加熱至在約3〇。及約 90 C之間)供應至動態混合裝置。利用銷動葉輪達到在動態 /昆合裝置中之結合物泥的徹底混合。使用稱爲「水對油比」 或W : 0之水相及油相的比於控制最終製得泡沫塑料之密 度。用於建互起始的HIPE生成之裝置及程序的詳細説明更 詳細説明於先前美國專利5,563,179之實施例段落中。 一旦裝置設備經填充,則使動葉輪在指定的RpΜ下轉動 ’而在動恐混合器中開始授拌。接著在約3 〇秒的期間内, 穩定地將水相之流率増加至44.1立方公分/秒之速率,及在 約1分鐘之期間内’使油相流率降至2 5克/秒。此刻由動 態及靜態混合器所產生之背壓典型上係在约3及约8 PSI (約21至約55 kPa)之間。然後在12〇秒之期間内將動葉輪 __-47- -(CNS;A-i (:>i〇 x ) ---------------------訂·-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 46 7 Λ7 _________B7_ 五 '發明說明(45) 速度調整至期望的RPM。系統背壓反應此調整,之後則維 持不變。 將來自靜態混合器之HIPE收集在具有由赛爾康(Cek〇n) 塑膠製成之同心嵌件之直徑17英吋(43公分)及高7 5英对 (1 〇公分)之聚丙烯圓桶中。嵌件之底部的直徑爲5 〇英吋 (12.7公分),頂部的直徑爲4.75英吋(12公分),及高6乃 英忖(17·1公分”使含有HIPE之桶在維持於65X:之室中保 存18小時,以固化而提供聚合ΗΙΡΕ泡沫塑料。 將固化的HIΡΕ泡沐塑料自桶移開。此時的泡朱塑料包本 殘留水相(含有溶解乳化劑、電解質、引發劑殘留物、及引 發劑)。利用尖銳的往復鋸條將泡沫塑料切片成期望厚度的 薄片°接著使此等薄片在設有眞空之串聯的兩多孔性夾輥 中進行壓縮,而使泡沫塑料之殘留水相含量逐漸降至聚合 單體重量之大約2倍(2X)。此時接著以4% CaCl2溶液在6〇 C下使薄片再飽和,在設有眞空之串聯的3個多孔性夾輥中 擠壓至约2X之水相含量。泡沫塑料之CaCu含量係在2及 10%之間。 接著將HIPE泡沫塑料在空氣中乾燥約1 6小時,或連續 加熱乾燥。此種乾燥使水份含量降至聚合材料之约4_2〇重 量百分比。 樣品 1 將無水氣化鈣(36.32公斤)及過硫酸鉀(189克)溶解於378 公升之水中。此提供在連續方法中用於形成HIPE乳劑之水 相物流。 ------ --48-— '*- (CNS;A1 ) n I - —β I. --1 n I ' . 1 - ϋ I i. ).DJ* n I n I 1 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449467 B7 五、發明說明(46) 於包含經蒸餾二乙烯苯(39%二乙烯苯及61 %乙基苯乙烯) (2640克)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(4720克)、及己二醇二丙烯 酸酯(640克)之單體組合中加入二甘油單油酸酯乳化劑(480 克)、甲基硫酸二牛脂二甲基銨(80克)、及廷纳芬 (Tinuvin)765(20克)。二甘油單油酸酯乳化劑(葛林斯德產物 (Grindsted Products);丹麥布拉本德(Brabrand))包含大約 81%二甘油單油酸酯、1%其他的二甘油單元酯、3%多元 醇 '及15%其他的聚甘油酯,其賦予大約2.7達因/公分之 取小油/水界面張力値’且具有大約2.8重量百分比之油/水 臨界聚集濃度。於混合後,使此材料之組合沉降隔夜。並 無可見的殘留物生成’將所有混合物取出,並使用作爲在 連續方法中用於形成HIPE乳劑之油相。 將油相(25 °C )及水相(53。-55 °C )之個別物流供應至動態 混合裝置。利用銷動葉輪達到在動態混合裝置中之結合物 流的徹底混合。銷動葉輪包括一長度約36.5公分及直徑約 2.9公分之圓柱軸。此軸擁有6列銷,3列具有33個銷及3 列具有34個銷,在各高度之各三個銷係設置在相對於彼此 成1 20之角度,及下一個鬲度係配置在與其相鄰高度成6〇。 ,各高度隔開〇.〇3毫米,各銷具有〇·5公分直徑,其自軸之 中心軸向外延伸纟2»分之長度。销動葉輪係裝置於形成 動態混合裝置之圓柱套筒内,且銷與圓柱套筒之壁有丨·5毫 米之餘隙。 取出離開動態混合裝置之較少量的流出物,並使其進入 一再循環區,如示於1996年9月17日提出申請之共同申請 {請先閱讀背面之;1意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 π--I I I I--— II 丨 *5^" 1) Fibrous SAP is mixed with other fibers or forms a fibrous network 'such as described in US / EP iv) Foam structure containing superabsorbent particulate material, such as described in US / EP' Example description is used for Taiyi buckle, and Taxi $ is used for the consumption of HIPE foam plastic special-46-i-'i 'in the present invention (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page) 1 -------- Order --------- line! 449 467 Λ7 B7 迕 negative 5 ;: Zhi «. Property 荀 tool industry consumption φ ;, -ϋ'ί'Ι, η five, Description of the invention (44). Samples 1, 2, and 3 lack HTPF as the distribution material. The following samples A.5 and A.7 are of the type of polymer foam plastic, and they are roughly described in the example paragraph of the previous US Patent No. 5,563,179. Prepared. -In general, this method involves properly mixing the water phase containing the selected salt and the oil phase containing the selected monomer and emulsifier. The aqueous phase typically contains initiators such as potassium persulfate and inorganic salts such as calcium gasification. The oil phase typically contains monomers such as 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and cross-linking monomers such as divinylbenzene (which contains impurities of ethylstyrene; I and 6-hexanediol dipropionate I) It can also add adjuvants such as antioxidants, masking agents, pigments, dyes, tinctures, and other chemicals that are generally non-reactive to any phase. 0 separate streams of oil and water phases (typically It is heated to between about 30 ° C and about 90 ° C) and supplied to the dynamic mixing device. The pin impeller is used to achieve thorough mixing of the combined mud in the dynamic / kunhe device. The use is called "water to oil ratio ”Or W: 0 The ratio of the water phase and oil phase to controlling the density of the final foam. The detailed description of the equipment and procedures used to build the HIPE for mutual initiation is described in more detail in the previous US Patent 5,563,179 example. In the paragraph, once the equipment is filled, the impeller is rotated at the specified RpM to start mixing in the dynamic mixer. Then, the flow rate of the water phase is increased steadily for about 30 seconds. To 44.1 cubic centimeters per second, and at about 1 During the 'minute' period, the oil phase flow rate is reduced to 25 g / s. At this moment, the back pressure generated by the dynamic and static mixers is typically between about 3 and about 8 PSI (about 21 to about 55 kPa). .Then move the impeller within 120 seconds __- 47--(CNS; Ai (: > i〇x) -------------------- -Order · -------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 449 46 7 Λ7 _________B7_ Five 'invention description (45) The speed is adjusted to the desired RPM. The system back pressure reflects this adjustment, The HIPE from the static mixer was collected at 17 inches (43 cm) in diameter with a concentric insert made of Cekón plastic and 75 inches (1 〇) high The diameter of the bottom of the insert is 50 inches (12.7 cm), the diameter of the top is 4.75 inches (12 cm), and the height is 6 inches (17.1 cm). The bucket containing HIPE was stored in a room maintained at 65X: for 18 hours to provide polymerized ΙΕΡΕ foam. It was cured. Remove the cured HIPE foam from the bucket. At this time, the residual water phase of the blister plastic was wrapped (containing Dissolved milk Agents, electrolytes, initiator residues, and initiators. Use a sharp reciprocating saw blade to slice the foam into slices of the desired thickness, and then compress these slices in two porous nip rollers connected in series with a hollow, The residual water phase content of the foam is gradually reduced to about 2 times the weight of the polymerized monomer (2X). At this time, the sheet is resaturated with a 4% CaCl2 solution at 60 ° C. The porous phase is squeezed to a water content of about 2X. The CaCu content of the foam is between 2 and 10%. The HIPE foam is then dried in air for about 16 hours, or continuously heated to dry. This drying reduces the water content to about 4-20 weight percent of the polymeric material. Sample 1 Dissolve anhydrous calcium carbonate (36.32 kg) and potassium persulfate (189 g) in 378 liters of water. This provides an aqueous phase stream for forming a HIPE emulsion in a continuous process. ------ --48-— '*-(CNS; A1) n I-—β I. --1 n I'. 1-ϋ I i.) .DJ * n I n I 1 {Please (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 449467 B7 V. Description of the invention (46) In distilled divinylbenzene (39% divinylbenzene and 61% ethylstyrene) (2640 g), 2-ethyl acrylate To the monomer combination of hexyl ester (4720 g) and hexanediol diacrylate (640 g), diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (480 g), ditallow dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate (80 g) ), And Tinuvin 765 (20 grams). Diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (Grindsted Products; Brabrand, Denmark) contains approximately 81% diglycerol monooleate, 1% other diglyceride unit esters, 3% Polyols and 15% of other polyglycerol esters impart a small oil / water interfacial tension of about 2.7 dyne / cm and have a critical oil / water aggregation concentration of about 2.8 weight percent. After mixing, the combination of this material was allowed to settle overnight. No visible residue formation ' All the mixture was taken out and used as an oil phase for forming a HIPE emulsion in a continuous process. The individual streams of oil phase (25 ° C) and water phase (53.-55 ° C) are supplied to the dynamic mixing device. The pin impeller is used to achieve thorough mixing of the combined flow in the dynamic mixing device. The pin impeller includes a cylindrical shaft with a length of about 36.5 cm and a diameter of about 2.9 cm. This shaft has 6 rows of pins, 3 rows of 33 pins, and 3 rows of 34 pins. Each of the three pins at each height is set at an angle of 120 with respect to each other, and the next pitch is arranged with it. The adjacent height is 60. Each height is separated by 0.03 mm, and each pin has a diameter of 0.5 cm, which extends axially outward from the center of the shaft by a length of 2 »centimeters. The pin moving impeller is installed in a cylindrical sleeve forming a dynamic mixing device, and there is a clearance of 5 mm between the pin and the wall of the cylindrical sleeve. Take out a smaller amount of effluent leaving the dynamic mixing device and enter it into a recycling zone, as shown in the joint application filed on September 17, 1996 (please read the back of the first; please fill in this page first) Π--III I ---- II 丨 * 5 ^

A: 449467 ____B7___________ 五、發明說明(47) 中之美國專利申請案序號08/716,510 (丁· A. DesMarais)(將 其以提及的方式併入本文中)之圖中。再循環區中之瓦其沙 (Waukesha)泵將此較少量送回至油及水相物流進入動態混 合區之點。 將一螺線靜態混合器裝置於動態混合裝置之下游,以在 動態混合裝置中提供背壓,及提供成份之改良加至最終形 成的HIPE中。靜態混合器(τAH工業100-812型)具有12個 外徑丨英吋(2·5公分)之元件。將一軟管裝置於靜態混合器 下游,以幫助將乳劑輸送至用於固化之裝置。視需要可使 用額外的靜態混合器於提供額外的背壓,以使軟管保持填 充。此非必需的靜態混合器可爲1英吋(2 5公分)管,12個 元件的混合器(McMaster-Carr 3529Κ53 型)。 將結合混合及再循環裝置設備填充4份水對1份油之比 的油相及水相。邊將動態混合裝置排氣以使空氣逸出,邊 將裝置完全填滿。填充時之流率爲7.57克/秒油相及3〇 3立 方公分/秒水相。 —旦裝置設備經塡充’則使動葉輪在85〇 RPNt下轉動, 而在動%混合器中開始揽拌,及在約3 〇立方公分/秒之速率 下開始再循環。接著在約丨分鐘的期間之内,穩定地將水相 (泥率增加至151.3立方公分/秒之速率,及在約3分鐘之期 間内,使油相流率降至2.52克/秒。在後一期間中,將再循 環速率杈定地增加至約丨5 〇立方公分/秒。此時由動態區及 猙知、'昆合器所產生之背壓爲約4 9 psi (33 8 kPa),其代表系 統之總壓降。然後將瓦其沙泵之速度穩定地降低,以產生 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) I I 1 I ! I 訂--------- 經-^智^时產局員工消費-^^"1,- -—----- -*50 - A7 449467 五、發明說明(48 ) 約75立方公分/秒之再循環速率。 將此時自靜態混合器流出之ΗιρΕ 之直靖侧公分)及高12·5英;: 0桶中,其相當類似於在烘烤蛋糕時所使用 : =底部直徑爲〗2.5英灿.8公分)之管狀聚乙缔= 牛固地附加至底部之中心’旦其高12·5英和a公分卜 使含有_之桶在維持於6rc之室中保存m, 發聚合並形成泡本塑料。 2固化的hIPEs沐塑料自固化桶移開。此時的泡沐塑料 ^有聚合早體重量之约55~65倍(55-65X)之殘留水相(含有 各解扎化劑、電解質、引發劑殘留物、及引發劑)。利用尖 銳的往復鋸條將泡沫塑料切片成厚度〇 2英吋(5 ι毫来)之 薄片。接著使此等薄片在設有眞空之串聯的兩多孔性央輥 中進行壓縮,而使泡沫塑料之殘留水相含量逐漸降至聚合 材料重量之約3倍(3Χ)。此時接著以4% CaCl2溶液在6〇τ 下使薄片再飽和,在設有眞空之串聯的3個多孔性夾輥中擠 壓至.力1,5-2Χ之水相含量。泡沫塑料之CaCi2含量係在6 及10%之間。 泡沫塑料於最終的輥隙後保持壓縮於約0.027英吋(0.069 公分)(厚度。接著將泡沫塑料在空氣中乾燥约16小時。此 乾燥使水份含量降至聚合材料之約9_丨7重量百分比。此時 的泡沫塑料薄片相當可垂摺。 樣品2 將按水氣化詞(36,32公斤)及過硫酸鉀(189克)溶解於378 51 -A: 449467 ____B7___________ 5. Drawing of US Patent Application Serial No. 08 / 716,510 (Ding A. DesMarais) (incorporated herein by reference) in the description of the invention (47). Waukesha pumps in the recirculation zone send this smaller amount back to the point where the oil and water phase streams enter the dynamic mixing zone. A helical static mixer is installed downstream of the dynamic mixing device to provide back pressure in the dynamic mixing device, and to provide component improvements to the final formed HIPE. The static mixer (τAH Industrial 100-812) has 12 components with an outer diameter of 丨 inches (2.5 cm). A hose is installed downstream of the static mixer to help deliver the emulsion to the device used for curing. If necessary, additional static mixers can be used to provide additional back pressure to keep the hoses filled. This optional static mixer can be a 1-inch (25 cm) tube, a 12-element mixer (McMaster-Carr 3529KK53 type). The combined mixing and recirculation equipment is filled with 4 parts of water to 1 part of the oil and water phases. Fully fill the device while venting the dynamic mixing device to allow air to escape. The flow rate at the time of filling was 7.57 g / sec of oil phase and 303 cm / sec of water phase. -Once the equipment is recharged, the moving impeller is rotated at 85 RPNt, and mixing is started in the dynamic% mixer, and recirculation is started at a rate of about 30 cubic centimeters per second. Then, the water phase (the sludge rate was increased to a rate of 151.3 cubic centimeters per second, and the oil phase flow rate was reduced to 2.52 g / sec. In a period of about 3 minutes. In the latter period, the recirculation rate will be increased steadily to about 50 cubic centimeters per second. At this time, the back pressure generated by the dynamic zone and the known, 'Kunhe device is about 4 9 psi (33 8 kPa ), Which represents the total pressure drop of the system. Then reduce the speed of the Waqisha pump steadily to produce (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) II 1 I! I Order ------- -Economy-^^^ Consumption by the staff of the Bureau of Production-^^ " 1,-----------* 50-A7 449467 V. Description of the invention (48) Recycling rate of about 75 cubic centimeters per second . At this time, the 靖 ιρΕ out of the static mixer at the side of the straight side) and the height of 12.5 inches ;: 0 barrels, which is quite similar to that used when baking cakes: = bottom diameter is 2.5 Yingcan. 8 Tubular polyethylene is attached to the bottom of the center. Once its height is 12.5 inches and a centimeter, the barrel containing _ is stored in a room maintained at 6rc, and is polymerized to form a foam plastic.2 Remove the cured hIPEs plastic from the curing barrel. The foam plastic at this time has a residual water phase (containing various dissolving agents, electrolytes, initiator residues, and initiators) of about 55 to 65 times (55-65X) the weight of the polymer precursor. Use a sharp reciprocating saw blade to slice the foam into thin slices with a thickness of 2 inches (5 mils). These sheets are then compressed in two porous central rollers provided in series, so that the residual water phase content of the foam is gradually reduced to about 3 times the weight of the polymeric material (3 ×). At this time, the flakes were then resaturated with 4% CaCl2 solution at 60 τ, and squeezed to a water phase content of 1,5-2 × in 3 porous nip rollers provided in series. The CaCi2 content of the foam is between 6 and 10%. The foam remains compressed to about 0.027 inches (0.069 cm) (thickness) after the final nip. The foam is then dried in the air for about 16 hours. This drying reduces the moisture content to about 9_ 丨 7 of the polymeric material Weight percentage. The foam sheet is quite foldable at this time. Sample 2 will be dissolved in 378 51-according to the gasification word of water (36,32 kg) and potassium persulfate (189 g)

本妨®邮鮮(CNS)A4^r^,97^?T 請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本1) 裝--------訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 449 46 7 B7 五、發明說明(49 ) 公升之水中。此提供在連續方法中用於形成HIPE乳劑之水 相物流。 於包含經洛飽一'乙細'冬(42.4% —乙缔苯及57.6%乙基苯 乙晞)(2640克)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(4400克)、及己二醇二 丙烯酸酯(960克)之單體組合中加入二甘油單油酸酯乳化 劑(640克)、甲基硫酸二牛脂二甲基銨(80克)、及廷纳芬 765(20克)。二甘油單油酸酯乳化劑(葛林斯德產物;丹麥 布拉本德)包含大約8 1 %二甘油單油酸酯、I。/。其他的二甘 油單元酯、3 %多元醇、及1 5 %其他的聚甘油酯,其賦予大 約2 · 7達因/公分之最小油/水界面張力值,且具有大約2 8 重量百分比之油/水雖界聚集濃度。於混合後,使此材料之 組合沉降隔夜。並無可見的殘留物生成,將所有混ι合物取 出,並使用作爲在連續方法中用於形成HIPE乳劑之油相。 將油相(25 °C )及水相(75。-77。(:)之個別物流供應至動態 混合裝置。利用銷動葉輪達到在動態混合裝置中之結合物 ί虎的徹底混合。销動葉輪包括一長度約3 6 · 5公分及直徑约 2_9公分之圓柱軸。此軸擁有6列銷’ 3列具有33個銷及3 列具有34個銷’在各高度之各三個銷係設置在相對於彼此 成120°之角度,及下一個高度係配置在與其相鄰高度成6〇。 ,各高度隔開0.03毫米,各銷具有〇·5公分直徑,其自軸之 中心軸向外延伸至2.3公分之長度。銷動葉輪係裝置於形成 動態混合裝置之圓柱套筒内,且銷與圓柱套筒之壁有I 5毫 米之餘隙。 & 取出離開動態混合裝置之少量的流出物,並使其進入一 _____ -5?- 本 0.¾ Ί2 A 3 3 S (CNS)Al im (2!〇χ ) ' --_--------- ----— III 訂---------I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 46 A: B7 五、發明說明(5〇 ) 再循環區,如示於1996年9月17日提出申請之共同申請中 之美國專利申請案序號〇8/716,510(T. A. DesMarais)(將其 以提及的方式併入本文中)之圖中》再循環區中之瓦其沙泵 將此少量送回至油及水相物流進入動態混合區之點。 將一螺線靜態混合器裝置於動態混合裝置之下游,以在 動態混合裝置中提供背壓,及提供成份之改良加至最終形 成的HIPE中。靜態'混合器(TAH工業101-212型)一般具有 12個外徑1.5英吋(3.8公分)之元件,但將7英吋(17.8公分) 移除,以配合設備空間。將一軟管裝置於靜態混合器下游 ’以幫助將乳劑輸送至用於固化之裝置。視需要可使用額 外的靜態混合器於提供額外的背壓,以使軟管保持填充。 此非必需的靜態混合器可爲與第一個相同,而不作修改。 將結合混合及再循環裝置設備填充4份水對1份油之比 的油相及水相。邊將動態混合裝置排氣以使空氣逸出,邊 將裝置完全塡滿。塡充時之流率爲7.57克/秒油相及30.3立 方公分/秒水相。 一旦裝置設備經填充,則使動葉輪在800 RPM下轉動, 而在動態混合器中開始攪拌,及在約3 〇立方公分/秒之速率 下開始再循環。接著在約1分鐘的期間之内,穩定地將水相 之流率增加至1 5 i .3立方公分/秒之速率,及在約3分鐘之期 問内,使油相流率降至2.52克/秒。在後一期間中,將再循 環速率穩定地增加至約1 5 0立方公分/秒。此時由動態區及 靜態混合器所產生之背壓爲約4.2 PSI (29 kPa),其代表系 統之總壓降。 __- , —______-_^1:_____ 本dS 识沒囷家捸車(CNS)A.j规格(210 X 297么、釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------訂-------- 經-部智慧財產局員工消費合-社印" 449 46 7 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(51 ) 將此時自靜態混合器流出之HIPE收集於具有可移動側面 之直徑40英吋(1〇2公分)及高12 5英吋(318公分)之聚乙缔 圓桶中’其相當類似於在烘烤蛋糕時所使用之泉形平底鋼 。將一底邵直徑爲12.5英吋(3 1.8公分)之管狀聚乙烯嵌件 牢固地附加至底部之中心,且其高1 2.5英吋(3丨8公分)。 使含有HIPE之桶在維持於65 °C之室中保存1 8小時,以引 發聚合並形成泡沐_塑料。 將固化的HIPE泡沫塑料自固化桶移開。此時的泡沫塑料 具有聚合單體重量之約58-62倍(58-62X)之殘留水相(含有 溶解乳化劑、電解質、引發劑殘留物、及引發劑)。利用尖 銳的往復録條將泡沫塑料切片成厚度〇 2英对(5.1毫来)之 薄片。接著使此等薄片在設有眞空之串聯的兩多孔性夾輥 中進行壓縮,而使泡沫塑料之殘留水相含量逐漸降至聚合 材料重量之約6倍(6X)。此時接著以丄5% CaCl2溶液在6〇 C下使薄片再飽和,在設有眞空之串聯的3個多孔性夾輥中 擠壓至約2X之水相含量。泡沫塑料之CaCl2含量係在3及 6 %之間。 泡沫塑料於最終的輥隙後保持壓縮於約〇 〇47英吋(〇 j 公分)之厚度。接著將泡沫塑料在空氣中乾燥約16小時。此 乾燥使水份含量降至聚合材料之约9_17重量百分比。此時 的泡沫塑料薄片相當可垂摺。 樣品3 將無水氣化鈣(36.32公斤)及過硫酸鉀(189克)溶解於378 公升4水中。此提供在連續方法中用於形成HipE乳劑之水 ______- 54 - II--------- Μ--------訂---------線 I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) V - ·τ 4 49 46 7 A7 ____^B7_____ 五、發明說明(52 ) 相物流" 於包含經蒸餾二乙烯苯(42.4%二乙烯苯及57.6%乙基苯 乙烯)(2640克)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(4400克)' 及己二醇二 丙烯酸酯(960克)之單體組合中加入二甘油單油酸酯乳化 劑(640克)、甲基硫酸二牛脂二甲基銨(80克)、及廷納芬 765(40克)。二甘油單油酸酯乳化劑(葛林斯德產物;丹麥 布拉本德)包含大約8 1 °/◦二甘油單油酸酯、1 %其他的二甘 油單元酯、3 %多元醇、及1 5 %其他的聚甘油酯,其賦予大 約2.7達因/公分之最小油/水界面張力値,且具有大約2·8 重量百分比之油/水臨界聚集濃度。於混合後,使此材料之 组合沉降隔夜。並無可見的殘留物生成,將所有混合物取 出’並使用作爲在連續方法中用於形成ΗΙΡΕ乳劑之油相》 將油相(25 X )及水相(75。-77。(:)之個別物流供應至動態 混合裝置。利用銷動葉輪達到在動態混合裝置中之結合物 流的撤底混合□銷動葉輪包括一長度約2丨6公分及直徑約 1 · 9么仝之圓柱轴。此軸擁有6列销,一高度具有3列具2 1 個銷及另一高度具有3列具2丨個銷,在各高度之各三個銷 係設置在相對於彼此成12〇。之角度,及下—個高度係配置 在與其相鄰高度成60。,各高度隔開〇 〇3毫米,各銷具有 〇’5广刀直杈,其自軸之中心軸向外延伸至1.4公分之長度 。銷動葉輪係裝置於形成動態混合裝置之圓柱套筒内,且 銷與圓柱套茼之壁有3毫米之餘隙。 取出離開動態混合裝置之少量的流出物,並使其進入一 再循%區,如示於1996年9月17日提出申請之共同申請中 —---------55- ……":Ί" ------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂--------- 經--智慧財產局員工消費"-社£^ 4 49 46 7 A: _______B7 __ 五、發明說明(53 ) 之美國專利申請案序號08/716,510 (T. A. DesMarais)(將其 以提及的方式併入本文中)之圖中。再循環區中之瓦其沙泵 將此少量送回至油及水相物流進入動態混合區之點。 將一螺線靜態混合器裝置於動態混合裝置之下游,以在 動態混合裝置中提供背壓,及提供成份之改良加至最終形 成的HIPE中。經由切掉其原始長度之2_4英吋(6.1公分)而 作修改之靜態混合器(TAH工業070-82 1型)爲長14英对 (3 5 ·6公分),具有0·5英吋(1.3公分)外徑。 將結合混合及再循環裝置設備填充4份水對1份油之比 的油相及水相。邊將動態混合裝置排氣以使空氣逸出,邊 將裝置完全填滿。填充時之流率爲i ·89克/秒油相及7.56立 方公分/秒水相。 一旦裝置設備經填充,則使動葉輪在丨〇〇〇 RPM下轉動, 而在動遙混合器中開始攪拌,及在約8立方公分/秒之速率 下開始再循環。接著在約1分鐘的期間之内,穩定地將水相 之冼率增加至45 _4立方公分/秒之速率,及在約3分鐘之期 間内,使油相流率降至〇.6克/秒。在後一期間中,將再循 環速率穩定地增加至約45立方公分/秒e此時由動態區及靜 態混合器所產生之背壓爲約2.9 PSI (2〇 kPa),其代表系統 之總壓降。 ’'‘ "广此時自靜態混合器流出之删收集於具有由赛爾康塑 膠製成之同心嵌件之直徑17英吋(43公分)及高7乃英吋(⑺ 公分)疋聚丙烯圓桶中。嵌件之底部的直徑爲5英吋(I〗7八 分)’頂部的直徑爲4.75英付(12公分),及高6 75英对(丨^ _______________ 56 ~ 亡 Ή' ^ (C.\:S;A4 11M0 χ vy7 ·,----~~~ ---- <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝------ 訂---------線 1. 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 if 社 印 η 44 9 46 : A/ _____B7 五、發明說明(54 ) 么分)。使含有ΗΙΡΕ之桶在維持於65 之室中保存丨8小時 ,以引發聚合並形成泡沫塑料。 將固化的HIPE泡沫塑料自固化桶移開。此時的泡沫塑料 具有聚合單體重量之約70-80倍(7〇-8〇χ)之殘留水相(含有 落解乳化劑、電解質、引發劑殘留物、及引發劑)。利用尖 銳的往復鋸條將泡沫塑料切片成厚度〇.丨85英吋(4 7毫米) 之薄片。接著使此等薄片在設有眞空之串聯的兩多孔性夾 輥中進行壓縮,而使泡沫塑料之殘留水相含量逐漸降至聚 合材料重量之約3倍(3X)。此時接著以15% Caa2溶液在 60 Ϊ:下使薄片再飽和,在設有眞空之串聯的3個多孔性夾 輥中擠壓至約2Χ之水相含量。泡沫塑料之CaC丨2含量係在3 及5 %之間。 泡沫塑料於最終的輥隙後保持壓縮於約〇〇p英吋(〇〇79 公分)之厚度。接著將泡沫塑料在空氣中乾燥约Μ小時。此 乾燥使水份含量降至聚合材料之約9M7重量百分比。此時 的泡沫塑料薄片相當可垂摺。 試驗裎庠 除非特別指明’否則試驗係在約23 +厂κ ; ,2 U 及 50 + /_ 1〇% (相對濕度之控制實驗室條件下進行。在試驗之前, 樣在此等條件下儲存至少24小時。當明瞭在測試材料缺^ 足夠整體性而無法承受試驗辦法之情況下,可使用④ 響浸潤性能之疏水性篩網於支承材料。 以 成尿潘配方 除非明確地指明,否則使用於試驗方 在Τ <特疋的合成 -57- 本纸張尺度这用中舀國家標準(C!\\S)A.l規格(2J0 X 297公髮)Ben Hou® Postal Fresh (CNS) A4 ^ r ^, 97 ^? T Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this 1) Packing -------- Order --------- Economy Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau 449 46 7 B7 V. Invention Description (49) Litre of water. This provides an aqueous phase stream for forming a HIPE emulsion in a continuous process. Included in the “Ethyl” Winter (42.4% —Ethylbenzene and 57.6% Ethylphenethylhydrazone) (2640 g), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (4400 g), and hexanediol diacrylic acid To the monomer combination of the ester (960 g) was added diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (640 g), ditallow dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate (80 g), and tinnafen 765 (20 g). Diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (Grinstead product; Brabender, Denmark) contains approximately 81% diglycerol monooleate, I. /. Other diglyceride unit esters, 3% polyols, and 15% other polyglycerol esters, which impart a minimum oil / water interfacial tension value of about 2.7 dyne / cm and have about 2 8 weight percent oil / Water although bounded by concentration. After mixing, the combination of this material is allowed to settle overnight. No visible residues were formed. All the blends were taken out and used as the oil phase for forming a HIPE emulsion in a continuous process. The individual streams of the oil phase (25 ° C) and the water phase (75.-77. (:) are supplied to the dynamic mixing device. The pin impeller is used to achieve thorough mixing of the combination in the dynamic mixing device. Pin The impeller includes a cylindrical shaft with a length of about 36.5 cm and a diameter of about 2-9 cm. This shaft has 6 rows of pins '3 rows with 33 pins and 3 rows with 34 pins' and three pins at each height At an angle of 120 ° with respect to each other, and the next height is arranged at 60 ° from its adjacent height, each height is separated by 0.03 mm, each pin has a diameter of 0.5 cm, and it is axially outward from the center of the shaft Extend to a length of 2.3 cm. The pin impeller is installed in the cylindrical sleeve forming the dynamic mixing device, and there is a clearance of 1.5 mm between the pin and the wall of the cylindrical sleeve. &Amp; Take out a small amount of outflow from the dynamic mixing device And make it into a _____ -5?-Ben 0.¾ Ί 2 A 3 3 S (CNS) Al im (2! 〇χ) '--_--------- ---- — Order III --------- I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 449 46 A: B7 V. Description of the invention (50) Recycling area, as shown in 19 U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 0 / 716,510 (TA DesMarais) (incorporated herein by reference) in a joint application filed on September 17, 1996 The sand pump returns this small amount to the point where the oil and water phase streams enter the dynamic mixing zone. A helical static mixer is installed downstream of the dynamic mixing device to provide back pressure in the dynamic mixing device and improve the composition Add to the final formed HIPE. The static 'mixer (TAH Industrial Model 101-212) generally has 12 components with an outer diameter of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm), but removes 7 inches (17.8 cm) to fit Equipment space. Install a hose 'downstream of the static mixer to help deliver the emulsion to the device for curing. If necessary, use an additional static mixer to provide additional back pressure to keep the hose filled. This The non-essential static mixer can be the same as the first one without modification. The combined mixing and recirculation equipment will be filled with the oil phase and water phase of 4 parts water to 1 part oil ratio. The dynamic mixing device will be vented To allow air to escape While fully filling the device. The flow rate during charging is 7.57 g / sec oil phase and 30.3 cm3 / sec water phase. Once the device is filled, the moving impeller is rotated at 800 RPM, and the dynamic mixer is Start stirring at medium temperature and start recycling at a rate of about 30 cubic centimeters per second. Then, within a period of about 1 minute, the flow rate of the aqueous phase is steadily increased to 15 i.3 cubic centimeters per second. The rate, and the oil phase flow rate was reduced to 2.52 g / sec within a period of about 3 minutes. In the latter period, the recirculation rate is steadily increased to about 150 cubic centimeters per second. At this time, the back pressure generated by the dynamic zone and static mixer is about 4.2 PSI (29 kPa), which represents the total pressure drop of the system. __-, —______-_ ^ 1: ___ This dS does not recognize the family car (CNS) Aj specifications (210 X 297 Mody) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ----- --Order -------- Economic and Social Affairs Bureau Consumer Consumption Cooperative-Social Printing " 449 46 7 A7 B7 Printed by the Employees ’Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of Ministry of Economic Affairs The HIPE flowing out of the static mixer is collected in a 40-inch (102 cm) diameter and 125-inch (318 cm) high polyethylene drum with movable sides, which is quite similar to baking cakes Spring-shaped flat-bottom steel. A tubular polyethylene insert with a base diameter of 12.5 inches (3 1.8 cm) was firmly attached to the center of the bottom and was 1 2.5 inches (3 丨 8 cm) high. The barrel containing the HIPE was stored in a room maintained at 65 ° C for 18 hours to initiate polymerization and form a foam plastic. Remove the cured HIPE foam from the curing barrel. The foam at this time has a residual water phase (containing dissolved emulsifier, electrolyte, initiator residue, and initiator) of approximately 58-62 times (58-62X) the weight of the polymerized monomer. Using a sharp reciprocating recording strip, the foam was sliced into thin sheets with a thickness of 0.2 inches (5.1 milligrams). These sheets are then compressed in two porous pinch rolls provided in series, so that the residual water phase content of the foam is gradually reduced to about 6 times (6X) the weight of the polymeric material. At this time, the flakes were then resaturated with a 丄 5% CaCl2 solution at 60 ° C, and squeezed to an aqueous phase content of about 2X in 3 porous nip rollers provided with a hollow series. The CaCl2 content of the foam is between 3 and 6%. The foam remains compressed to a thickness of about 047 inches (0 j cm) after the final nip. The foam was then dried in air for about 16 hours. This drying reduces the water content to about 9-17 weight percent of the polymeric material. The foam sheet at this time is quite foldable. Sample 3 Dissolve anhydrous calcium carbonate (36.32 kg) and potassium persulfate (189 g) in 378 liters of 4 water. This provides water used to form HipE emulsions in a continuous process ______- 54-II --------- M -------- order --------- line I ( Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) V-· τ 4 49 46 7 A7 ____ ^ B7_____ V. Description of the invention (52) Phase logistics " Including distilled divinylbenzene (42.4% divinylbenzene and 57.6 % Ethylstyrene) (2640 g), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (4400 g) 'and hexanediol diacrylate (960 g) were added to the monomer combination of diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (640 G), ditallow dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate (80 g), and tinafin 765 (40 g). Diglycerol monooleate emulsifier (Grinstead product; Brabender, Denmark) contains approximately 8 1 ° / ◦ diglycerol monooleate, 1% other diglyceride unit esters, 3% polyol, and 15% of other polyglycerol esters, which impart a minimum oil / water interfacial tension of about 2.7 dyne / cm, and have a critical oil / water aggregation concentration of about 2.8 weight percent. After mixing, the combination of this material is allowed to settle overnight. No visible residue was formed, all the mixture was taken out 'and used as the oil phase used to form the QIPE emulsion in a continuous process. The oil phase (25 X) and the water phase (75.-77. (:) were individually The material is supplied to the dynamic mixing device. The pin-impeller is used to achieve the bottom-removal mixing of the combined material in the dynamic mixing device. The pin-impeller includes a cylindrical shaft with a length of about 2 and 6 cm and a diameter of about 1. 9 mm. This shaft Having 6 rows of pins, one row having 3 rows with 21 pins and another row having 3 rows with 2 pins, each of the three pins at each height is set at an angle of 120 ° relative to each other, and The next height is arranged at a height of 60 ° from its adjacent height, each height is separated by 0.3mm, and each pin has a wide blade of 0'5, which extends axially outward from the center of the shaft to a length of 1.4 cm. The pin impeller is installed in a cylindrical sleeve forming a dynamic mixing device, and there is a 3 mm clearance between the pin and the wall of the cylindrical sleeve. Take out a small amount of effluent leaving the dynamic mixing device and let it enter the% cycle area. , As shown on September 17, 1996 Applying —--------- 55- …… ": Ί " ------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -------- Order --------- Economic-Consumption by Employees of Intellectual Property Bureau " -Society £ ^ 4 49 46 7 A: _______B7 __ V. US Patent Application Serial No. 08 / 716,510 (TA DesMarais) ) (Incorporated here by reference) in the figure. The varnish pump in the recirculation zone sends this small amount back to the point where the oil and water phase streams enter the dynamic mixing zone. A spiral is static The mixer device is located downstream of the dynamic mixing device to provide back pressure in the dynamic mixing device and to provide improved ingredients to the final formed HIPE. Modifications were made by cutting out 2 to 4 inches (6.1 cm) of its original length The static mixer (TAH Industrial 070-82 Type 1) is 14 inches long (3 5 · 6 cm) and has an outer diameter of 0.5 inch (1.3 cm). The combined mixing and recycling equipment is filled in 4 portions Oil phase and water phase of water to 1 part oil ratio. While exhausting the dynamic mixing device to allow air to escape, the device is completely filled. The flow rate during filling is i · 89 g / Oil phase and 7.56 cubic centimeters per second of water phase. Once the equipment is filled, the moving impeller is rotated at 1000RPM, and stirring is started in a dynamic mixer, and at a rate of about 8 cubic centimeters per second Recirculation was started. Then within a period of about 1 minute, the rate of water phase was steadily increased to a rate of 45 _4 cubic centimeters per second, and the flow rate of the oil phase was reduced to about 3 minutes. 0.6 g / sec. In the latter period, the recirculation rate was steadily increased to about 45 cm3 / sec. At this time, the back pressure generated by the dynamic zone and static mixer was about 2.9 PSI (20 kPa ), Which represents the total pressure drop of the system. '' '" The wide range of deletions from the static mixer at this time were collected at a diameter of 17 inches (43 cm) and a height of 7 inches (⑺ cm) with concentric inserts made of Celcom plastic. Acrylic drum. The diameter of the bottom of the insert is 5 inches (7 inches), and the diameter of the top is 4.75 inches (12 centimeters), and the height is 6 75 inches (丨 ^ _______________ 56 ~ ΉΉ) ^ (C. \ : S; A4 11M0 χ vy7 ·, ---- ~~~ ---- < Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Install -------- Order -------- -Line 1. Consumption of employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, etc. 44 9 46: A / _____B7 V. Description of Invention (54) What is it?). The bucket containing ΙΕΡΕ was kept in a room maintained at 65 for 8 hours to initiate polymerization and form a foam. Remove the cured HIPE foam from the curing barrel. The foam at this time has a residual water phase (containing a caustic emulsifier, an electrolyte, an initiator residue, and an initiator) of about 70-80 times (70-80x) by weight of the polymerized monomer. Use a sharp reciprocating saw blade to slice the foam into a thickness of 0.85 inches (47 mm). These sheets are then compressed in two porous nip rollers provided in series, so that the residual water phase content of the foam is gradually reduced to about 3 times (3X) the weight of the polymer material. At this time, the flakes were resaturated with a 15% Caa2 solution at 60 Torr, and squeezed to a water phase content of about 2 × in 3 porous nip rollers provided with a hollow series. The CaC2 content of the foam is between 3 and 5%. The foam remains compressed to a thickness of about 0.00p inches (0079 cm) after the final nip. The foam is then dried in air for about M hours. This drying reduces the moisture content to about 9M7 weight percent of the polymeric material. The foam sheet at this time is quite foldable. Tests: Unless specified otherwise, the tests are performed at approximately 23 + plant κ; 2 U and 50 + / 10% (relative humidity controlled laboratory conditions. Samples are stored under these conditions prior to testing At least 24 hours. When it is clear that the test material lacks sufficient integrity and cannot withstand the test method, a hydrophobic mesh with a wetting performance can be used in the support material. Use a urinary formula unless explicitly stated otherwise For the test party in T < Special Synthesis-57- This paper is a standard of China National Standard (C! \\ S) Al (2J0 X 297)

4 49 46 7 A_ _ B7 五、發明說明(55 ) 尿液一般稱爲傑可合成尿液(Jayco Synurine),且係購自賓 州坎普山(Camp Hill)傑可醫藥公司(Jayc〇 pharmaceuticals Company)。此合成尿液之配方爲:2.0克/公升之KC1 ; 2 〇 克 / 公升之 Na2S04 ; 0.85 克 / 公升之(NH4)H2p〇4 ; 〇 15 克/ 公升之(nh4)h2po4 ; 0.19克/公升之CaCl2 ;及〇 23克/公 升之MgCh。所有化學品皆爲試藥級。合成尿液之係在 6.0至6.4之範圍内。 鱼直浸潤時間及每直浸潤宏景 垂直浸潤時間係經由測量儲槽中之有色試驗液體(例如 ,合成尿液)通過指定尺寸之泡沫塑料之試條而浸潤】5公 分之垂直距離所需之時間而測定。垂直浸潤程序詳述於先 前之美國專利號數5,3 87,207(將其以提及的方式併入本文 中)之試驗方法段落,但係在3丨Ό下進行而非37。使用 亦説明於美國專利號數5,387,2〇7之試驗方法段落中之垂 直浸潤吸收容量試驗測量材料在一定高度下之垂直浸潤容 T,除了此試驗係在3丨下進行而非37。最後,並未 進行在户斤參考之專财之洗務及再乾燥步驟。將户斤紀綠到 之垂直π濶谷量値视爲在平衡時在丨5公分高 如。將結果以在15公分高度下之(克/平方 單位表示。 垂直浸潤通哥 對於本發明,經發現測定垂直浸澗性質之較佳方法可利 用更佳地描述吸收材科(分佈材料或吸取/分佈材料)垂直浸 潤液體能力之特性的垂直浸潤通量試驗而達成。任何具 58 畢(C\S;:U規格⑺㈤心) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · I ~ I ---I I i I I I I I I I * 1 5i;"l::智弩吋產局,Η^"..-ν-··-_£,ΐ &;&5;:智'"时產局員工消費:--:1--/£ 〜 449467 ' :\7 ----------B7___ 五、發明說明(郎) 足夠乾及濕整體性,而可垂直懸掛之材料皆可接受測試。 如材科不具有充分的整體性,則可將額外的機械支承層加 於材料之任一表面或兩表面上,此機械支承層諸如對任何 流體處理性質沒有影響,或僅有微不足道影響之低基重量 的稀鬆無紡織物(scrim)或網狀物。 基本上,此試驗係經由將條狀樣品之2 0公分(總計至少長 27_5么分)垂直懸掛於試驗液體之儲槽中,及將樣品之其餘 =7.5公分水平放置於塑膠表面上而進行。使用導電性感測 盗於測定到達特定高度所需之時間。由儲槽中之液體重量 的損耗求得吸收量對時間的數據。在實驗結束時,將樣品 切成切片,以測定縱向飽和分佈。 因此,VWF(垂直浸潤通量)試驗可提供以下的訊息: 吸收量(以克數、單位樣品截面積之克數或單位樣品重量 之克數表示)對時間 -液體前鋒之高度對時間 -通過樣品之通量(累積或增量)對時間 .在實驗結束時沿條狀物之長度的飽和分佈 利用以下的設備進行試驗(參照圖7): 、调整電動滑動架(95G)(諸如由美國俄亥俄州辛辛那提市 康可雷恩公司(Concord-RennCo.)供應),以得到自流體儲槽 (960)至樣品⑼〇)之水平放置處之2〇公分的適當高度。電動 滑件(95 0)利用將裝置相對於儲槽(96〇)中之流體液位⑼2) 維持於一疋位置之零點感測器,而可確保樣品(9丨〇)始終與 液體接觸。滑動架(95G)更設有對導電性敏感的水份偵測報 __-59-4 49 46 7 A_ _ B7 V. Description of the invention (55) Urine is generally referred to as Jayco Synurine, and was purchased from Jayco Pharmaceuticals, Camp Hill, Pennsylvania. Company). The formula of this synthetic urine is: 2.0 g / L of KC1; 20 g / L of Na2S04; 0.85 g / L of (NH4) H2po4; 0.15 g / L of (nh4) h2po4; 0.19 g / L CaCl2; and MgCh at 023 g / L. All chemicals are reagent grade. The range of synthetic urine is in the range of 6.0 to 6.4. The direct infiltration time of the fish and the vertical infiltration time of each macro infiltration are measured by measuring the colored test liquid (for example, synthetic urine) in the storage tank through the test strip of the specified size of the foam plastic] 5 cm vertical distance required Time. The vertical infiltration procedure is detailed in the test method paragraph of the previous U.S. Patent No. 5,3 87,207 (which is incorporated herein by reference), but was performed under 3 and not 37. Use The vertical wetting absorption capacity test, also described in the test method paragraph of US Patent No. 5,387,207, measures the vertical wetting capacity T of a material at a certain height, except that this test is performed at 3 and not 37. Finally, the washing and re-drying steps of the special wealth referenced by households were not carried out. Consider the vertical π 濶 valley to which Hu Jinji Lu is as high as 5 cm when balanced. The results are expressed in g / square units at a height of 15 cm. Vertical Infiltration Tongge For the present invention, a better method for determining the vertical infiltration properties was found to better describe the absorbent material family (distribution materials or absorption / Distribution material) Achieved by vertical infiltration flux test of the ability to vertically infiltrate liquid. Any with 58 (C \ S;: U specifications) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) · I ~ I --- II i IIIIIII * 1 5i; " l :: Industrial production bureau, Η ^ " ..- ν- ·· -_ £, ΐ &; &5;: 智 '" Production Bureau staff consumption:-: 1-/ £ ~ 449467 ': \ 7 ---------- B7___ V. Description of invention (lang) Material with sufficient dry and wet integrity, and which can be hung vertically All tests are acceptable. If the material department does not have sufficient integrity, an additional mechanical support layer can be added to either or both surfaces of the material. This mechanical support layer has no effect on any fluid treatment properties, or only A low basis weight scrim or mesh with a negligible effect. Basically, the test 0 cm (a total length of at least 27_5 centimeters) is vertically suspended in the storage tank of the test liquid, and the rest of the sample = 7.5 cm is placed on a plastic surface horizontally. Use a conductive sensor to determine the required height to reach a specific height Time. The absorption versus time data is obtained from the loss of liquid weight in the storage tank. At the end of the experiment, the sample is cut into slices to determine the longitudinal saturation distribution. Therefore, the VWF (vertical infiltration flux) test can provide the following Message: Absorption (expressed in grams, grams per unit cross-sectional area, or grams per unit sample weight) versus time-height of liquid front versus time-flux (cumulative or incremental) through the sample versus time. At the end of the experiment, the saturation distribution along the length of the strip was tested using the following equipment (refer to Figure 7): Adjust the electric slide (95G) (such as by Concord-RennCo, Inc. of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA) .) Supply) to obtain an appropriate height of 20 cm from the fluid storage tank (960) to the horizontal placement of the sample ⑼). The electric slider (950) utilizes a zero-point sensor that maintains the device at a position relative to the fluid level in the storage tank (96), thereby ensuring that the sample (9 丨 〇) is always in contact with the liquid. The sliding frame (95G) is also equipped with a moisture detection report that is sensitive to conductivity __- 59-

p ti » a (CNSiA^l (-10 X vy7 沒-3:;智"財屋局0 工消货-二-.nt;Jk 449467 A7 ---- B7_____ 五、發明說明(57 ) 子(93 0)。總計將9個輥子(93〇)個別間隔地設置於错槽液位 (962)上方的 2、3,5、5、7.5、10、12.5、15、175、 及20公分高度處(以輥子之中心定義此測量)。再將兩個感 測器(93 0)設置於滑件之水平部分,使在距液位22 5公分及 27.5公分之運轉長度處與樣品(910)接觸。雖然輥予(93〇)之 確切寬度並不重要,但經發現約1/2英吋之寬度以及3/8英 吋(約9.5毫米)之直徑爲適當。必需確定輥子(93〇)之中心與 彼等高度一致。將在2 ' 5、10 ' 15、及20公分處之輥 子以梯級方式裝置於一臂(940),及將在3.5 、7.5 、12.5 、及1 7.5公分處之輥子以相同的梯級方式裝置於另一臂 (940)。在試驗過程中,此兩臂(940)係位在測試材料(910) 之相對表面上,因此亦可測試不同厚度之材料。在試驗過 程中,臂(940)係以對垂直成约5。角度平行設置。 圓形儲槽(960)可爲在試驗過程中流體液位不致明顯下降 之容量夠大的玻璃碗,諸如尺寸爲150毫米直徑乘75毫米 高度之Pyrex #3 1 40碗。利用具有約(1英吋X 2英吋或約2 5 乘5公分)之縫口的蓋覆蓋儲槽(960),以減少蒸發。將儲槽 (960)置於天平(965)上,此天平諸如Mettler PR 1 203 、p ti »a (CNSiA ^ l (-10 X vy7 not -3 :; wisdom " Treasury Bureau 0 industrial consumer goods-two-.nt; Jk 449467 A7 ---- B7_____ V. Description of the invention (57) (93 0). A total of 9 rollers (93) are individually spaced at the heights of 2, 3, 5, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 175, and 20 cm above the wrong tank level (962). (This measurement is defined by the center of the roller.) Two sensors (93 0) are set on the horizontal part of the slider, so that the sample (910) is at a running length of 22 5 cm and 27.5 cm from the liquid level. Contact. Although the exact width of the roller (93) is not important, a width of about 1/2 inch and a diameter of 3/8 inches (about 9.5 mm) have been found to be appropriate. The roller (93) must be identified The center is in accordance with their height. The rollers at 2'5, 10'15, and 20 cm will be installed in a step (940) in a step, and will be at 3.5, 7.5, 12.5, and 1 7.5 cm. The roller is mounted on the other arm (940) in the same step manner. During the test, the two arms (940) are located on the opposite surfaces of the test material (910), so materials of different thickness can also be tested. During the test, the arm (940) was set at an angle of about 5. in parallel. The circular storage tank (960) can be a glass bowl with a large capacity that does not significantly reduce the fluid level during the test, such as the size of 150 mm diameter by 75 mm height Pyrex # 3 1 40 bowl. Cover the storage tank (960) with a cover with a slot (about 1 inch x 2 inches or about 2 by 5 cm) to reduce evaporation. The storage tank (960) is placed on a balance (965), such as Mettler PR 1 203,

Sartorius LC 1200S。 爲確保88 T (3 1.1 °C )及8 5% RH之所需的恆溫及相對濕度 條件-除非另有須要及定義,可將整個測量設備置於環境室 内’此環境室諸如Electro-Tech系統,5 1 8型。 使用個人電腦系統(980)於記錄磅秤(965)之重量變化、當 液體前鋒到達輥子(930)時之信號及電動滑動架(950)之高 . ______ -60-______ ·: (CNS)AI I^lu ^ 37 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) - I I---— — 訂 * --------Ί 經濟郃智«.財產局員工消货公^-托.?.紋 W4#77 B7 五、發明說明(58 ) 度成時間的函數。雖然可使用各種程式於完成此工作,但 美國俄亥俄州辛辛那提市俄亥俄路(Ohio Pike)43 1號信號分 析公司(Signalysis,Inc.)已發展出適當的程式(細節參見下 文)0 爲測定樣品切片之重量,須要一對剪刀、尺、及分析天 平諸如 Mettler PG503。 使用於此之合成尿液係與先前説明者相同。 實驗程序 使試驗樣品(910)在標準條件(75下/22.2 Ό及50% RH)下 預調理隔夜,及將環境室設定至88 T /3 1.1 °C及85% RH ,並使其平衡大約4 5分鐘。 切割出5.0公分X 27.5公分之樣品塊(910),諸如利用該 尺寸之切削模具切割’及經由在樣品之邊緣放上細點,而 作出1 1個2.5公分斷片之記號。然後將樣品(9 10)預先稱重 ,及利用標準的測徑器在約〇·〇9 pSi (620 Pa)之壓力下測量 其厚度。Sartorius LC 1200S. In order to ensure the required constant temperature and relative humidity conditions of 88 T (3 1.1 ° C) and 8 5% RH-unless otherwise required and defined, the entire measuring equipment can be placed in an environmental chamber. This environmental chamber such as the Electro-Tech system , 5 1 8 type. Use the personal computer system (980) to record the weight change of the scale (965), the signal when the liquid front reaches the roller (930), and the height of the electric slide (950). ______ -60 -______ ·: (CNS) AI I ^ lu ^ 37) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-I I ----- — Order * -------- Ί Economy and Wisdom Care.? .Texture W4 # 77 B7 V. Description of the invention (58) Degree is a function of time. Although a variety of programs can be used to accomplish this task, 43 Ohio Pike, Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio (Signalysis, Inc.) has developed an appropriate program (see below for details). For weight, a pair of scissors, ruler, and analytical balance such as Mettler PG503 are required. The synthetic urine used here is the same as previously described. The experimental procedure pre-conditioned the test sample (910) under standard conditions (75 at /22.2% and 50% RH) overnight, and set the environmental chamber to 88 T / 3 1.1 ° C and 85% RH, and allowed it to equilibrate approximately 45 minutes. A 5.0 cm x 27.5 cm sample block (910) is cut, such as cutting with a cutting die of that size, and placing fine points on the edge of the sample to make 11 2.5 cm fragments. The sample (9 10) was then weighed in advance and its thickness was measured using a standard caliper at a pressure of about 0.09 pSi (620 Pa).

將樣品(910)置於輥子(930)之間,以致樣品之底部在VWF 裝置中約低於零點1毫米’在此點未浸於液體儲槽中。將 樣品(9 i 0)的頂端固定至塑膠板,諸如利用習知的黏膠帶 (970) 〇 將環境室關閉,並平衡至設定的溫度及RH,再次係大約 2 0分鐘。 經由將相關的數據(例如,樣品名稱、期望的試驗期間、 樣品長度、寬度 '厚度、溫度、RH)輸入至程式中,而啓動 _ -61 - --.--------- ------- I 訂- ---I I I I I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填冩本頁) 44946? B7 .;-:i:3'-1fii^vs'"yp、x^^---;v-p 五、發明說明(59 ) ,腦化單印8 G)。經由使電動滑件降至試驗液體中使樣品 浸漬㈣始試驗,及連續記綠im收量對時間,及⑴到:The sample (910) was placed between the rollers (930) so that the bottom of the sample was about 1 mm below zero in the VWF device 'at which point it was not immersed in the liquid storage tank. Fix the top end of the sample (9 i 0) to a plastic plate, such as using a conventional adhesive tape (970). Close the environmental chamber, equilibrate to the set temperature and RH, and tie it again for about 20 minutes. By entering the relevant data (eg sample name, desired test period, sample length, width 'thickness, temperature, RH) into the program, start _ -61---.--------- ------- I order- --- IIIIII (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 44946? B7.;-: I: 3'-1fii ^ vs' " yp, x ^ ^ ---; vp V. Description of the invention (59), brain printing single printing 8 G). Start the test by immersing the sample in the test liquid by lowering the electric slider, and continuously record the amount of green im versus time, and reach:

指定高度之時間。當實驗進行時,螢幕可顯示吸收 間之圖。 T 在實驗結束時’使樣品(9 1 〇)自動自儲槽(96〇)抬出,測定 飽和分佈,同時確定樣品係在實驗過程中之相同垂直位置 、。此對於確保當將樣品㈣成切片時,在其内部沒有液體 (再分佈爲必要。將樣品自垂直固定的試架移開,同時切 出2.5公分(條狀物’並置於經預稱重的盤中。條狀物必須 自底部向上切割。 ' 然後亦將樣品之水平部分切劉成2 5公分之切片,並各置 於㈣稱重的塑膠盤中。接著立即測定切片之涯重量,以 使洛發扣耗減至最小。然後使切片在烘箱中在丨5〇下下乾燥 隔夜,並再稱重以測定乾重量。 計算 吸收量 吸收量可爲以下單位 Q : 克 Q·:克/平方公分之起始乾截面積 Q .克/克之起始總樣品重量Specify the height of the time. As the experiment progresses, the screen shows a graph of absorption. T At the end of the experiment ', the sample (9 1 0) was automatically lifted from the storage tank (96 0), and the saturation distribution was measured, and at the same time, the sample was determined to have the same vertical position during the experiment. This is to ensure that when the sample is cut into sections, there is no liquid inside it (redistribution is necessary. Remove the sample from the vertically fixed test rack while cutting out 2.5 cm (strips' and place in a pre-weighed The strips must be cut from the bottom up. 'Then the horizontal part of the sample was also cut into 25 cm slices and placed in a plastic dish weighing each. Then the weight of the slice was measured immediately to Minimize the loss of Luofa buckle. Then dry the slices overnight in an oven at 50 ° C and weigh again to determine the dry weight. Calculate the absorption The absorption can be the following unit Q: grams Q ·: grams / Initial dry cross-sectional area Q cm 2. Initial total sample weight in grams per gram

Qc .以克/平方公分爲單位之經校正蒸發的吸收量 必須監測自經.部分覆蓋儲槽(88 T /3 1.1。〇及85% RH)之 發損耗(例如約〇 〇〇9克/分鐘)。除此之外,對於長期持續 0¾貫^ 夕於約2小時)’必須考慮液體自樣品之濕潤部 . ------ ----I ! I I I I I I---1 ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -62 -;"-%慧豺產局P'工消t合:'τ ra 五、發明說明(60 ) 分的蒸發損耗α 「經校正蒸發的吸收量」[克/分鐘]可經由將儲槽中之流 體重量[克]減去累積蒸發損耗(即儲槽蒸發[單位克/分鐘] 乘以時間[單位分鐘]),並將其除以樣品寬度及厚度[皆爲公 分]而計算得。 當在1 = 1,…,η之η個不同時間下取得數據時’計算以 下量: 累積通量,Fi(克/平方公分/分鐘)Qc. Corrected evaporation absorption in grams per square centimeter must be monitored from the loss of the partially covered storage tanks (88 T / 3 1.1. 0 and 85% RH) (for example, about 0.99 g / minute). In addition, for long-term lasting 0 ¾ ^ ^ in about 2 hours) 'Must consider the liquid from the wet part of the sample. ------ ---- I! IIIII I --- 1 ί Please read the back Please pay attention to this page before filling in this page} -62-; "-% Huiying Industry Bureau P'Industrial consumption: 'τ ra V. Explanation of the invention (60) Evaporation loss α "Adjusted evaporation absorption" [G / min] can be obtained by subtracting the cumulative evaporation loss [g] from the weight of the fluid in the tank [g] (that is, the storage tank [unit g / min] times the time [unit min]) and dividing it by the sample width and Calculated by thickness [all in centimeters]. When the data is acquired at η different times of 1 = 1, ..., η ', the following quantities are calculated: Cumulative flux, Fi (g / cm² / min)

Fi = QiVt; 其中Q/爲吸收量(克/平方公分) 及ti爲時間(分鐘) 增量通量,△ Fi(克/平方公分/分鐘) Δ Fi = 沿樣品長度之飽和分佈 各切片中之液體載入量(克/克)=(Ws-Wft)/Wfc 其中W * =濕切片之重量(克) 及 乾切片之重量 以下更詳細地説明電腦程式规劃訊息:使用浸潤通量程 式於取得實驗進行之流體吸收速率對時間之數據,以量化 尿片材料之吸收特性。程式經由自設有RS-232輸出之天平 讀取連續的數據而運作。使用PC之内部時鐘於追蹤時間。 此程式係對IBM PC或可與DOS 3·0(或更新版)相容之系統 所撰寫。 -63- (CNS)A4 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) '裝--------訂--------- 么洽芬智«.时產局3X-消 t.--.-,-'r-ii.l-r;k ^ 4946? Λ7 ____Β7___________ 五、發明說明(61 ) 當進行實際的實驗時’將來自實驗之數據(吸收量値及時 間)及所有輸入攔位之値(除了取樣表之外)寫至目前D〇s目 錄中之檔案。此檔案可經IBM站上之Exce丨開啓,以作進一 步的數據分析及呈現。 典型的試驗辦法説明於下: 輸入欄位 材料説明 材料鑑別 樣品# 1 操作員 ; 流體類型 :傑可合成尿液 寬度: 試驗期間 5.0000公分長度:27, :60分鐘 .5公分.重量: 1.9000 克 溫度: 88.0000 T 相對濕度 :85.0000% 輸出 時間(分鐘)重量(克) 吸收量(克/平方公分)吸收量(克/克)高度(公分) 0 0.424011 0.77093 0.223164 2 0.04485 0.924011 1.68002 0.486322 3.5 0.0778167 1.22 2.21818 0.642106 5 0.247167 2.017 3.66727 1.06158 7.5 0.552 2.86401 5.2073 1,50738 10 1.12688 3.79501 6.90002 1.99738 12.5 1.87295 4.5 8.18182 2.36842 15 3.32845 5.409 9.83454 2.84684 17.5 5.53095 6.25302 11.3691 3.29106 20 ____-64-Fi = QiVt; where Q / is absorption (g / cm²) and ti is time (minutes) incremental flux, Δ Fi (g / cm² / min) Δ Fi = saturation distribution along the length of the sample in each slice Liquid loading (g / g) = (Ws-Wft) / Wfc where W * = weight of wet section (g) and weight of dry section The following details the computer program planning information: Use the infiltration flux program in Obtain data on fluid absorption rate versus time during the experiment to quantify the absorption characteristics of the diaper material. The program works by reading continuous data from a balance equipped with an RS-232 output. Use PC's internal clock to track time. This program is written for IBM PC or systems compatible with DOS 3.0 (or later). -63- (CNS) A4) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 'Installation -------- Order --------- Mocha Fenzhi «. 3X-elimination t .--.-,-'r-ii.lr; k ^ 4946? Λ7 ____ Β7 ___________ V. Description of the invention (61) When the actual experiment is performed,' the data from the experiment (absorption amount and time) And all the input stoppers (except the sampling table) are written to the files in the current Dos directory. This file can be opened by Exce 丨 on the IBM website for further data analysis and presentation. A typical test method is described below: Input field material description material identification sample # 1 operator; fluid type: Jaco synthetic urine width: 5.000 cm during the test length: 27,: 60 minutes. 5 cm. Weight: 1.9000 g Temperature: 88.0000 T Relative humidity: 85.0000% Output time (minutes) Weight (g) Absorption (g / cm2) Absorption (g / g) Height (cm) 0 0.424011 0.77093 0.223164 2 0.04485 0.924011 1.68002 0.486322 3.5 0.0778167 1.22 2.21818 0.642106 5 0.247167 2.017 3.66727 1.06158 7.5 0.552 2.86401 5.2073 1,50738 10 1.12688 3.79501 6.90002 1.99738 12.5 1.87295 4.5 8.18182 2.36842 15 3.32845 5.409 9.83454 2.84684 17.5 5.53095 6.25302 11.3691 3.29106 20 ____- 64-

Lrj ί(CN.^a\-1 2'-j7 ^ ) <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Lrj ί (CN. ^ A \ -1 2'-j7 ^) < Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

--------訂-------1--^ I 毯淆茹智.€財產局SK工湞f合ί::-ί*·-·£私 4 9 46? 五、發明說明(62 ) 報告 對各樣品應進行至少2測量,記錄各種輸出參數成時間 之函數。當然,個別的參數可能互有關聯,且亦相應地作 圖。 爲説明適用於本説明内之材料,經發現在1 5公分高度之 累積通量特別有用。 簡化液體淥透性試驗 此簡化滲透性試驗提供對於兩特殊狀態之滲透性的量度 :可對各式各樣的多孔性材料(諸如由合成纖維製成之不 織布’或纖維素結構)在100%飽和下測量滲透性;或對達 到不同飽和度,而在厚度上有成比例變化,但未被空氣塡 充(分別爲外部的汽相)之材料,諸如可消癟的聚合泡沫塑 料’可容易地在不同的厚度下測量在不同飽和度下之渗透 性0 尤其對於聚合泡沫材料,經發現可有效地在3 1 °C之高溫 下操作試驗,以更良好地模擬吸收性物件之使用中狀態。 大體而言,此試驗係基於達西定律(Darcy’s law),根據此 定律’通過任何多孔性介質之液體的體積流率係與壓力梯 度成正比,而比例常數與滲透性有關。 Q/A = (k/n)*(AP/L) 其中: Q =體積流率[立方公分/秒]; A =截面積[平方公分]: — -65- (CNh)A-l (:Μϋ * 2\)7 ) t--------訂---------線 1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 ^49467 五、發明說明(63 k =滲透性(平方公分)(1達西相當於9.869*10.丨3平士土、 τ万术); η =黏度(泊(P〇ise))[Pa*s]; ΔΡ/L =壓力梯度[Pa/米]; L =樣品厚度[公分]。 因此,對於固定或給定的樣品截面積及試驗液體黏度, 可經由測量通過樣品之壓降及體積流率,而計算参透性. k = (Q/A)*(L/AP)\ 試驗可以兩種變形進行,第一個稱爲穿越平面滲透性(即 流動方向基本上係沿材料之厚度尺寸),第二個爲平面内渗 透性(即流動方向係在材料之X-y方向)。 供簡化、穿越平面滲透性試驗用之試驗設備可見於圖j ,其係整體設備之示意圖,及插圖爲樣品皿之非依比例繪 製之部分分解橫剖面。 試驗設備包括一具有上部(121)及下部(122)之大致爲圓 形或圓柱形的樣品皿(120)。可利用設置於周圍之各三個測 徑器(145)及調整螺絲(140)測量及因而調整此等部分之距 離。此外’設備包括數個流體儲槽(1 50 ' 1 54 ' 1 56),其 包括供入口儲槽(150)用之高度調整(170)以及管件(18〇), 使樣品皿與其餘設備連接之速釋接頭(丨89),其他的閥(丨82 、184、186,188)。差壓訊號電測轉換器(197)經由管件 (1 80)而連接至上方壓力偵測點(丨94)及下方壓力偵測點 (196)。用於控制閥的電腦裝置(19〇)再經由接頭(199)而連 接至差壓訊號電測轉換器(197)、溫度探針(192)、及重量磅 66- ώ a A (CNSiA-l CM'J - I'jl ) i請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂---------線 :^.-¾¾.¾¾財產局員工消 --:-.,-1^¾ .^--^¾¾.產芍員ws-^'-''^'hk 446γ % r ________B7____________ 五、發明說明(64 ) 秤測力器(198)。 將直徑1英吋(約2.54公分)之圓形樣品(11〇)置於樣品皿 (120)内部之兩多孔性篩網(13 5)之間,此樣品皿係由兩1英 吋(2.54公分)内徑的圓柱形物件(121、122)製成,其藉由敕 質管件(180)而經由入口接頭(132)連接至入口儲槽(150),及 經由出口接頭(133)連接至出口儲槽(154),此軟質管件諸如 泰棋(tygon)管件。閉孔泡沐塑料塾片(1 1 5)在樣品之側面周 圍提供洩漏保護。將試驗樣品(110)壓縮至相當於期望濕壓 縮之厚度,除非特別説明,否則將其設於0.2psi(約1.4kPa) 。使液體流過樣品(1 1 0 ),而達到穩態流量。一旦建立通過 樣品(1 1 0)之穩態流量,則使用測力器(1 98)及差壓訊號電測 轉換器(1 97)將體積流率及壓降記錄爲時間之函數。實驗可 在直至80公分永柱(约7.8 kPa)之任何壓力高差下進行,此 壓力高差可利用高度調整裝置(1 70)調整。由此等測量,可 測定樣品在不同壓·力下之流率。 可於市面上購得爲滲透儀之設備,其諸如由美囷紐約州 伊薩卡市(Ithaca)多孔材料公司(Porous Materials, Inc.)以 液體渗透儀(PMI Liqu丨d Permeameter)之名稱所供應, 諸如進一步説明於2/97之各別的使用者手册中。此設備包 括兩作爲多孔性篩網(1 3 5)之不銹鋼破料,亦載明於該册子 中。設備係由樣品皿(1 20)、入口儲槽(1 50)、出口儲槽(1 54) 、及廢液儲槽(1 56)及各別的填注及排空閥和接頭、電子碎 枰、及電腦化監測及閥控制單元(190)所組成。 墊片材料(115)爲閉孔氣丁橡膠海綿SNC-1 (軟),諸如由美 _________- 67 -_________ ^ (CNS;A1 i'll ) -------------- 裝--------訂- -------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 44946; A: 137 4'ίί5;:9¾¾產笱3 工:·έ'-^.·:,:.-·.-ίί:'7-_.Γί 五、發明說明(65 國俄亥俄州辛辛那提市斥 _ 〇nui p 于閑橡膠公司(Netherland-------- Order ------- 1-^ I Blanket Confusion Ru Zhi. € Property Bureau SK Industrial Co., Ltd.::-ί*·-·£Private 4 9 46? 5 2. Description of the invention (62) The report shall perform at least 2 measurements on each sample, and record various output parameters as a function of time. Of course, individual parameters may be related to each other and are mapped accordingly. To illustrate the materials applicable in this note, the accumulated flux at a height of 15 cm has been found to be particularly useful. Simplified Liquid Permeability Test This simplified permeability test provides a measure of permeability in two special states: it can measure 100% of a wide range of porous materials such as non-woven fabrics made of synthetic fibers or cellulose structures. Measure permeability under saturation; or for materials that reach a different saturation and have a proportional change in thickness but are not air-filled (respectively the external vapor phase), such as digestible polymeric foam Measure the permeability at different thicknesses at different thicknesses. 0 Especially for polymeric foam materials, it has been found that it can effectively operate the test at a high temperature of 31 ° C to better simulate the in-use state of the absorbent article. . In general, this test is based on Darcy's law, according to which the volumetric flow rate of a liquid passing through any porous medium is proportional to the pressure gradient, and the proportionality constant is related to the permeability. Q / A = (k / n) * (AP / L) where: Q = volume flow rate [cubic centimeter / second]; A = cross-sectional area [square centimeter]: — -65- (CNh) Al (: Μϋ * 2 \) 7) t -------- Order --------- Line 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 ^ 49467 V. Description of the invention (63 k = Permeability (square centimeter) (1 Darcy is equivalent to 9.869 * 10. 3 Pence soil, τ Wanshu); η = viscosity (Poise) [Pa * s]; ΔP / L = pressure gradient [Pa / m]; L = sample thickness [cm]. Therefore, for a fixed or given sample cross-sectional area and test liquid viscosity, permeability can be calculated by measuring the pressure drop and volume flow rate through the sample. K = (Q / A) * (L / AP) \ The test can be performed in two variants. The first is called permeability through the plane (that is, the direction of flow is basically along the thickness of the material), and the second is in-plane permeability. (That is, the flow direction is in the Xy direction of the material). The test equipment used for the simplified and penetrating permeability test can be seen in Figure j, which is a schematic diagram of the overall equipment, and the illustration is a partially decomposed horizontal drawing of the sample dish. The test equipment includes a Approximately circular or cylindrical sample dish (120) with an upper part (121) and a lower part (122). Three calipers (145) and adjusting screws (140) arranged around each can be used to measure and adjust accordingly The distance between these parts. In addition, the equipment includes several fluid storage tanks (1 50 '1 54' 1 56), which includes height adjustments (170) for inlet storage tanks (150) and fittings (18), so that Quick-release joints (丨 89) connecting the sample dish with the rest of the equipment, other valves (丨 82, 184, 186, 188). The differential pressure signal electrical measuring converter (197) is connected to the upper pressure via the fitting (180). The detection point (丨 94) and the lower pressure detection point (196). The computer device (19) for controlling the valve is then connected to the differential pressure signal electrical measurement converter (197), the temperature detection through the connector (199). Needle (192) and weight 66- FREE a (CNSiA-l CM'J-I'jl) i Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ------- Line: ^ .- ¾¾.¾¾Employees of the Property Bureau-:-.,-1 ^ ¾. ^-^ ¾¾. Producer ws-^ '-' '^' hk 446γ % r ________B7____________ 5. Description of the invention (64) Scale dynamometer (198). A round sample (110) with a diameter of 1 inch (about 2.54 cm) was placed between two porous screens (13 5) inside the sample dish (120). The sample dish consisted of two 1 inch (2.54) Diameter) cylindrical object (121, 122), which is connected to the inlet storage tank (150) through the inlet joint (132) by the pipe fitting (180) and to the outlet tank (133) An outlet storage tank (154), such a soft pipe fitting such as a tygon pipe fitting. Closed-cell foam plastic cymbals (1 1 5) provide leakage protection around the sides of the sample. The test sample (110) was compressed to a thickness corresponding to the desired wet compression, and unless otherwise specified, it was set at 0.2 psi (about 1.4 kPa). The liquid was allowed to flow through the sample (1 1 0) to reach a steady state flow. Once the steady-state flow through the sample (110) is established, the volume flow rate and pressure drop are recorded as a function of time using a dynamometer (1 98) and a differential pressure signal electrical transducer (1 97). The experiment can be carried out at any pressure difference up to 80 cm permanent column (about 7.8 kPa). This pressure difference can be adjusted by the height adjustment device (1 70). From these measurements, the flow rate of the sample under different pressures and forces can be determined. Equipment that is commercially available as a permeameter, such as supplied by Porous Materials, Inc. of Ithaca, New York, under the name PMI Liquor Permeameter , Such as further explained in the separate user manuals of 2/97. This equipment includes two stainless steel scraps as a porous screen (1 3 5), which is also described in the booklet. The equipment consists of sample dishes (120), inlet storage tanks (150), outlet storage tanks (154), waste liquid storage tanks (156), and respective filling and draining valves and connectors, electronic crushing枰, and computerized monitoring and valve control unit (190). Gasket material (115) is closed-cell air-butadiene rubber sponge SNC-1 (soft), such as Yumi _________- 67 -_________ ^ (CNS; A1 i'll) ------------- -Install -------- Order- -------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 44946; A: 137 4'ίί5;: 9¾¾Production 3 Workers: · έ '-^. ·:,: .- · .-ίί:' 7 -_. Γί 5. Description of the Invention (65 Cincinnati, Ohio _ 〇nui p Yuxian Rubber Company (Netherland

Rubber C〇mpany)所供應。應取 公分Ί +推+目女 于 ''且以1 /1 6英吋(约〇 ‘ 1 5 9 八刀)步進炙具有不同厚彥 ^ r η 1 ς 〇 料,以涵蓋自1/1ό英吋-1/2 英叶….159公分至約).27公分)厚度之範圍。 換==要一至少6°㈣4·1巴(4之加壓空氣源,以Rubber Company). Should take centimeters Ί + push + head girl 于 and step with 1/16 inches (about 0 '1 5 9 eight knives) with different thickness ^ r η 1 ς 〇 materials to cover from 1 / 1ό inch-1/2 inch leaves .... 159 cm to about 27 cm) thickness range. Change == at least 6 ° ㈣4 · 1 bar (4 pressurized air source to

挺作各別的間D 試驗泥體爲去離子水。 接著利用以下步驟進行試驗0 1)试驗樣品之製備: 在準備試驗中’決定是7;雲| JL. ^ θ _ 疋σ而要—或多個試驗樣品層,其 在最低及最高的壓力下進行概述於下之試驗。然後調整 層數’以使在最低壓降下在試驗過程中之料維持於05立 万公分/秒之間’及在最高壓降下維持於15立方公分/秒。 樣品之流率應低於在相同壓降下之空白試樣的流率。如對 一定的壓降,樣品流率超過空白試樣之流率,則應加上更 多層以減低流率。 樣品尺寸:利用拱形衝床(arch punch),諸如由美國俄亥 俄州克利夫蘭市麥克馬斯特卡爾供給公司(MCMaster_carr Supply Company)所供應,將樣品切割成】英吋(約2 54公 分)直徑。如樣品具有太少的内部強度或整體性,而無法在 所需的操作過程中維持其結構,則可加上習知之低基重量 的支承構件,諸如PET稀鬆無纺織物或網狀物。 因此,預切割至少兩樣品(若須要,各由所需的層數製成) 。然後使其中一者在要進行實驗之溫度下(除非特別指明, 68- ------------ -------訂--------I 1 (請先闓讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ':vi 'Μ % x ^ ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作祍印-1 4^S467 A7 _____B7____ 五、發明說明(66 ) 否則爲70下(3 1 X:))於去離子水中飽和。 除非另有須要,否則使用具有1又1 /8英吋(約2 86公分) 壓力腳徑,在樣品(110)上產生0.2 psi(約1·4 kPa)壓力之習 知的測徑器(諸如由美國麻塞諸塞州瓦爾山市(Waltham) AMES所供應),在要進行實驗之期望的壓縮壓力下測量濕 樣品之厚度(若須要,於3 0秒之穩定時間後)。 選擇墊片材料之適當組合,以致墊片泡沫塑料(11 5)之總 厚度係在濕樣品之厚度的! 5〇及200%之間(注意,可能需要 不同厚度之墊片材料之組合,以獲致總期望厚度)。將墊片 材料(11 5)切劉成3英叶直徑之圓形尺寸,及利用拱形衝床 在中心切割出1英吋(2.54公分)之孔洞。 萬一樣品尺寸在潤濕時發生改變,則應將樣品切割成在 濕階段取得所需的直徑。此亦可在此準備試驗中經由監測 各別尺寸而評估。如發生此等變化以致生成間隙,或樣品 形成縐摺而使其無法與多孔性篩網或玻料平順地接觸,則 應相應地調整切割直徑。 將試驗樣品(1 1 0)置於墊片泡沫塑料(丨1 5)中之孔洞内,及 將複合物置於樣品皿之底半部之上,確定樣品係與筛網 (1 3 5)平坦而平順地接觸,且在側邊未生成間隙。 將試驗皿(121)之頂部平置於實驗台上(或另一水平面), 並將裝置於其上之所有三個測徑器(145;}歸零。 然後將試驗皿(121)之頂部置於底部(122)之上,以使教片 材料(11 5)與試驗樣品(11〇)位在此兩部分之間。接著利^固 定螺絲(140)將頂部及底部轉緊,以致可將三個測徑器調奴 _______-69- Ψ ^ g (CNS)A 1 (2.10 X V97 )--------- ------------ 裝--------訂---------線 Μ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) :&;w'5;;-"^Ni產局員工消货.---1,·;'^";.κ U^46? Λ7 --------B7 五、發明說明(e7 ) 至相同値’而測量在以上之各別壓力下之濕樣品。 2) 爲準備實驗,啓動在電腦化單元(19〇)上之程式,及輸入 樣品鑑別、各別的壓力等等。 3) 試驗將在一個樣品(π〇)上進行數個壓力循環,其中第/ 個壓力爲最低的壓力。利用電腦化單元(19G)將個別恩力試 驗之結果儲存於不同的結果樓案上。如以下所説明,自各 此等樓案取出數據作計算。(對於材料之任何的後績試驗 ’應使用不同的樣品)。 4) 4r入口液體儲槽(150)設定至所需高度,並在電腦化單元 (19 0)上開始試驗。 5) 然後利用快速分離接頭(189)將樣品皿(12〇)置於滲透儀 單元中。 6) 經由打開通氣閥(188)及底部填注閥(184 、丨86)而塡充 樣时皿(120)。在此步驟中,必須小心地將空氣泡自系統移 除’其可經由將樣品皿垂直轉動,迫使若存在之空氣泡經 由排水管離開滲透儀而達成。 一旦將樣品皿塡滿至安裝至室(12 1)之頂部的泰拱管件, 則2氣泡自此管件移入廢液儲槽(156)中。 7) 於小心地移除空氣泡之後,將底部填注閥(1 84、1 86)關 閉’及將頂部塡注闕(1 8 2)開啓,以填充上部,亦小心地移 除所有的空氣泡。 8) 將流體儲槽填充試驗流體至塡注線(1 52)。 然後經由啓動電腦化單元(190),而開始通過樣品之流動。 於樣品1:内之溫度到達所需値後,則可準備開始實驗。 ---- -70-Separately, the separate D test mud was deionized water. Then use the following steps to test 0 1) Preparation of test samples: In the preparation test 'decision is 7; cloud | JL. The following tests are outlined below. The number of layers' is then adjusted to maintain the material during the test at a minimum pressure drop between 05 mcm / s and 15 mcm / s at the maximum pressure drop. The flow rate of the sample should be lower than that of a blank sample at the same pressure drop. If the flow rate of the sample exceeds the flow rate of the blank sample for a certain pressure drop, more layers should be added to reduce the flow rate. Sample size: An arch punch, such as supplied by MCMaster Carr Supply Company, Cleveland, Ohio, was used to cut the sample to a diameter of [inch] (about 2 54 cm). If the sample has too little internal strength or integrity to maintain its structure during the required operation, a conventional low basis weight support member, such as a PET scrim nonwoven or mesh, can be added. Therefore, pre-cut at least two samples (if required, each made of the required number of layers). Then make one of them at the temperature at which the experiment is to be performed (unless otherwise specified, 68- ------------ ------- order -------- I 1 ( Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ': vi' Μ% x ^) Consumption Cooperation Stamp of Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -1 4 ^ S467 A7 _____B7____ 5. Description of the invention (66) Otherwise 70 (3 1 X :)) Saturated in deionized water. Unless otherwise required, use a conventional caliper with a pressure foot diameter of 1 and 1/8 inches (about 2 86 cm) to produce a pressure of 0.2 psi (about 1.4 kPa) on the sample (110) ( Such as those supplied by AMES, Waltham, Mass., USA), measure the thickness of the wet sample at the desired compression pressure for the experiment (after a stabilization time of 30 seconds if necessary). Choose the proper combination of gasket materials so that the total thickness of the gasket foam (11 5) is the thickness of the wet sample! Between 50 and 200% (note that a combination of gasket materials of different thicknesses may be required to achieve the total desired thickness). Cut the gasket material (11 5) into a circular size with a diameter of 3 inches, and use an arch punch to cut a 1-inch (2.54 cm) hole in the center. In case the sample size changes during wetting, the sample should be cut to obtain the required diameter during the wet phase. This can also be evaluated in this preparation test by monitoring the individual dimensions. If these changes occur such that gaps are formed, or the sample is creped to prevent smooth contact with the porous screen or frit, the cutting diameter should be adjusted accordingly. Place the test sample (1 1 0) in the hole in the gasket foam (丨 1 5), and place the composite on the bottom half of the sample dish to ensure that the sample is flat with the screen (1 3 5) On the other hand, the contact was smooth, and no gap was formed on the sides. Place the top of the test dish (121) flat on the experimental table (or another horizontal plane), and reset all three calipers (145;) mounted on it to zero. Then place the top of the test dish (121) It is placed on the bottom (122) so that the teaching material (115) and the test sample (110) are located between the two parts. Then, the top and bottom are tightened with the fixing screw (140), so that Adjust three calipers _______- 69- Ψ ^ g (CNS) A 1 (2.10 X V97) --------- ------------ Install- ------ Order --------- Line M (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page): &;w'5;;-" ^ Ni Production Bureau Staff Consumer Goods .--- 1, ·; '^ " .κ U ^ 46? Λ7 -------- B7 V. Description of the invention (e7) to the same 値' and measure the pressure under each of the above pressures Wet samples 2) To prepare for the experiment, start the program on the computerized unit (19) and enter the sample identification, individual pressure, etc. 3) The test will be performed several pressure cycles on a sample (π0), where the / pressure is the lowest pressure. The computerized unit (19G) is used to store the results of individual Enli tests in different case files. As explained below, data are taken from each of these cases for calculation. (For any post-tests of the material ’different samples should be used). 4) The 4r inlet liquid storage tank (150) is set to the required height and the test is started on the computerized unit (190). 5) Then place the sample dish (120) in the permeameter unit using the quick-release coupling (189). 6) Open the sample valve (120) by opening the vent valve (188) and the bottom filling valve (184, 86). In this step, the air bubbles must be carefully removed from the system ', which can be achieved by turning the sample vessel vertically, forcing air bubbles, if any, to leave the permeameter through the drain pipe. Once the sample dish is filled to the Thai arch fitting installed on the top of the chamber (12 1), 2 bubbles are moved from this fitting into the waste liquid storage tank (156). 7) After carefully removing the air bubbles, close the bottom filling valve (1 84, 1 86) and open the top 塡 (1 8 2) to fill the upper part, and also carefully remove all air bubble. 8) Fill the fluid reservoir with the test fluid to the injection line (1 52). The computerized unit (190) is then activated to begin the flow of the sample. After the temperature in Sample 1: reaches the required temperature, you are ready to start the experiment. ---- -70-

*^CNS)AI 裝--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背迪之注意事須存填寫本真) 纹:&-1/^財產局員工消 f--.r^p" 449467、 A: _______B7 __ 五、發明說明(邱) 當經由電腦化單元(190)而開始實驗後,液體出口流自動 自廢液儲槽(1 5 6)轉向至出口儲槽(1 5 4 ),並監測恩降、及溫 度成時間之函數數分鐘。 一旦程式結束,電腦化單元將提供記錄數據(以數字及/ 或圖解形式)。 若須要’可使用相同的試驗樣品於測量在不同壓力高差 下之滲透性,因而在試驗之間增加壓力。 設備應每兩週清潔一次,並至少每週校正一次,尤其係 玻料、測力器 '熱電偶及壓力訊號電測轉換器,其中遵照 設備供應商的指示。 利用在樣品m之頂部及底部連接至壓力探針測量點(丨94 ' 196)之差壓訊號電測轉換器記綠差壓。由於在室内可能 會有其他的流阻而使記錄到的壓力增加,因而各實驗必需 經空白試驗校正。應每天在10、2〇、30、40、50、60 、7〇、80公分之要求壓力下進行空白試驗。滲透儀將對各 實驗輸出平均試驗壓力以及平均流率。 對樣品經測試之各壓力,電腦化單元(丨9〇)將流率記綠爲 經空白校正的壓力’其進一步校正在經記綠差壓之各高度 下之平均試驗壓力(實際壓力),而產生經校正的壓力。此經 杈正的壓力係應使用於以下之滲透性方程式之DP。 接著可在各要求壓力下計算滲透性,並應將所有的滲透 性平均,以測定受測材料之k。 對各樣品在各壓力高差下應採取三次測量,並將結果平 均及计算標準差。然而,應使用相同的樣品,在各壓力高 ______-jn-__ in :| I I H---i n I— n 一eJ# I n n n t I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 49 46 " A: --------B7_____ —______ 五、發明說明(的) 差下測量滲透性,然後應使用新的樣品於進行第二及第三 次重複。 在與前述穿越平面滲透性相同之條件下測量平面内滲透 性可經由修改以上的設備而達成,其諸如概略描繪於圖2 A 及2 B ’此等圖僅顯示樣品皿之部分分解圖,其並非依比例 输製。以相等方式表示相等元件,諸如將圖2之樣品m相對 於圖1之數字(110)而以(21〇)表示等等。因此,圖1之穿越 平面簡化樣品皿(120)經平面内簡化樣品皿(220)取代,其係 經設計成使液體僅可在一個方向流動(視樣品如何放置於皿 中而爲縱向或橫向)β必須小心地使液體沿壁之疏導作用 (channeling)(壁效應)減至最小,由於其會錯誤地產生高的 滲透性讀數。接著以與穿越平面簡化試驗相當類似的方式 進行試驗程序。 將4水PP皿(220)設計成基本上以如對於以上穿越平面試驗 中之樣品皿(120)所説明之方式放置於設備内,除了將塡注 管導引至皿(220)之底部的入口接頭(232)。圖2Λ顯示樣品 耻之邵分分解圖,及圖2B顯示通過樣品高度之橫剖面圖。 試驗皿(220)係由兩物件所组成:類似於具有凸緣之矩形 盒子之底部物件(2 2 5),及裝配於底部物件(2 2 5)内且亦具有 凸緣之頂部物件(223)。將試驗樣品切割成2英吋χ 2英吋 (、··勺5.1公分乘5 · 1公分)之尺寸,並置於底部物件中。然後 將樣品罜I頂邵物件(223)置於底部物件(225)内,並位在試 驗樣品(2 10)上。將一不可壓縮的氣丁橡膠封口安裝至 上万物件(223),以提供緊密的密封。試驗液體自入口儲 I— J— ϋ 1^1 ^^1 - ^^1 -I n n I— >^i n n n n n I 1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) __-72- 44946 7 B7 在: 智 1ί 財 局 消 t 五、發明說明(7〇 ) 經由泰拱管件及入口接頭(232)流至樣品空間,並再經由出 口接頭(233)而至出口儲槽。由於在此試驗之進行中,通過 樣品皿之流體的溫度控制由於較低的流率而可能不足夠, 因而利用加熱裝置(2 2 6)將樣品維持於期望的試驗溫度下, 由此將恆溫水泵送通過加熱室(227)。將試驗皿中之間隙設 定在對應於期望濕壓縮之厚度下,一般爲〇·2 pSi(約1.4 kPa) 。使用尺寸自0.1毫米至20·0毫米之填隙片(2 16)於設定正 確的厚度,視需要可使用數個填隙片之组合。 在實驗開始時’將試驗皿(220)旋轉90。(樣品爲垂直),及 使試驗液體自底部緩慢地進入。此對於確保將所有空氣自 樣品及入口/出口接頭(232/233)驅除掉爲必要。接下來將試 驗皿(220)轉回其原來的位置,以使樣品(21〇)成爲水平。後 續的粒序係與先前關於穿越平面滲透性所説明者相同,即 將入口儲槽置於期望高度,使流量平衡,及測量流率和壓 降。使用達西定律計算滲透性。亦對較高壓力重複此程序。 對於具有非常低参透性之樣品,可能必須增加驅動壓力 ,諸如經由延伸高度或經由對儲槽施加額外的空氣壓力, 以得到可測量的流率。平面内料性可視如何將樣品放置 於試驗皿中,而於縱向及橫向獨立地測量。 一般液體滲透性弑鹼 了般化料性試驗可對任"孔性材料測量滲透性成飽 和之函數4 原理與簡化試驗類似,基本的差異在於除 了載入液體之外,尚將楛σ却、 —β Π打徠載入一定量的空氣,而產生固 定的飽和度。此係利用概略浐 既%指)繪於圖3及圖4之試驗設置達 -^衣--------訂--------- {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)* ^ CNS) AI equipment -------- Order --------- line (please read the notes of Bidi first and fill in the true) Tattoo: & -1 / ^ Property Bureau Employee elimination f-. R ^ p " 449467, A: _______B7 __ V. Description of the invention (Qiu) When the experiment is started via the computerized unit (190), the liquid outlet flow automatically comes from the waste liquid storage tank (1 5 6) Turn to the outlet storage tank (1 5 4) and monitor the grace and temperature as a function of time for several minutes. Once the program is completed, the computerized unit will provide the recorded data (in digital and / or graphical form). If necessary, the same test sample can be used to measure the permeability at different pressure height differences, thus increasing the pressure between tests. The equipment should be cleaned every two weeks and calibrated at least once a week, especially for glass, dynamometer 'thermocouples, and pressure signal electrical transducers, which follow the instructions of the equipment supplier. The green differential pressure was recorded using a differential pressure signal electrical measurement converter connected to the pressure probe measurement point (丨 94 '196) at the top and bottom of sample m. Since there may be other flow resistances in the room that increase the recorded pressure, each experiment must be corrected by a blank test. The blank test should be performed daily under the required pressure of 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 cm. The permeameter will output the average test pressure and average flow rate for each experiment. For each tested pressure of the sample, the computerized unit (丨 90) records the flow rate green as the blank-corrected pressure 'which further corrects the average test pressure (actual pressure) at each height of the recorded green differential pressure, This produces a corrected pressure. This positive pressure should be used in the DP of the permeability equation below. The permeability can then be calculated at each required pressure and all permeability should be averaged to determine the k of the material under test. Three measurements should be taken for each sample at each pressure difference, and the results should be averaged and the standard deviation calculated. However, the same sample should be used at each pressure high ______- jn -__ in: | II H --- in I— n 一 eJ # I nnnt I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 4 49 46 " A: -------- B7_____ —______ V. Description of the invention () The permeability is measured under the difference, and then a new sample should be used for the second and third repetitions. The measurement of the in-plane permeability under the same conditions as the aforementioned through-plane permeability can be achieved by modifying the above equipment, such as outlined in Figures 2A and 2B. These figures only show a partial exploded view of the sample dish, which Not in proportion. Equal elements are represented in an equal manner, such as representing the sample m of FIG. 2 as (21) with respect to the number (110) of FIG. 1 and so on. Therefore, the simplified sample vessel (120) passing through the plane in Figure 1 is replaced by the simplified sample vessel (220) in the plane, which is designed so that the liquid can only flow in one direction (depending on how the sample is placed in the vessel, it is longitudinal or transverse ) Β must be carefully minimized the channeling (wall effect) of the liquid along the wall, as it will falsely produce high permeability readings. The test procedure is then carried out in a manner very similar to the simplified test for crossing planes. The 4-water PP dish (220) is designed to be placed in the device basically as described for the sample dish (120) in the above-mentioned through-plane test, except that the pouring tube is guided to the bottom of the dish (220) Inlet connector (232). Figure 2Λ shows the exploded view of the sample, and Figure 2B shows a cross-sectional view through the height of the sample. The test vessel (220) is composed of two objects: a bottom object (2 2 5) similar to a rectangular box with a flange, and a top object (223) assembled in the bottom object (2 2 5) and also having a flange. ). The test sample was cut into a size of 2 inches x 2 inches (, ··· spoon 5.1 cm by 5.1 cm), and placed in the bottom object. Then place the top object (223) of sample 罜 1 in the bottom object (225) and place it on the test sample (2 10). Attach an incompressible gas-butadiene rubber seal to tens of thousands of objects (223) to provide a tight seal. Test liquid from inlet I— J— — 1 ^ 1 ^^ 1-^^ 1 -I nn I— > ^ innnnn I 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) __- 72- 44946 7 B7 In: Zhi1ί Finance Bureau t. 5. Description of the invention (70) flows through the Thai arch fitting and inlet joint (232) to the sample space, and then through the outlet joint (233) to the outlet storage tank. Since the temperature control of the fluid passing through the sample dish may not be sufficient due to the lower flow rate during this test, the heating device (2 2 6) is used to maintain the sample at the desired test temperature, thereby maintaining the constant temperature. Water is pumped through the heating chamber (227). The gap in the test dish is set to a thickness corresponding to the desired wet compression, and is generally 0.2 pSi (about 1.4 kPa). Use shims (2 16) with a size from 0.1 mm to 20.0 mm to set the correct thickness, and use a combination of several shims as needed. At the beginning of the experiment 'the test dish (220) is rotated 90 degrees. (The sample is vertical), and let the test liquid enter slowly from the bottom. This is necessary to ensure that all air is expelled from the sample and the inlet / outlet connections (232/233). Next turn the test dish (220) back to its original position so that the sample (21o) is level. Subsequent particle sequences are the same as previously described for permeability through the plane, that is, placing the inlet tank at the desired height, balancing the flow, and measuring the flow rate and pressure drop. Calculate permeability using Darcy's law. This procedure is also repeated for higher pressures. For samples with very low permeability, it may be necessary to increase the driving pressure, such as by extending the height or by applying additional air pressure to the tank to obtain a measurable flow rate. In-plane material properties can be measured independently by placing the sample in a test dish in both the longitudinal and transverse directions. The general liquid permeability test for alkaline materials can be used to measure the permeability of a porous material as a function of saturation. 4 The principle is similar to the simplified test. The basic difference is that in addition to loading liquid, , --Β Π will load a certain amount of air and produce a fixed saturation. This is a summary (both %%) of the test setup shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4-^ 衣 -------- Order --------- {Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page)

-rC 'rS (C\S)A1 ^>10 -73 ϋ,d) Λ7 44946 7 ______B7_____ 五、發明說明(71 ) 成’圖3顯示一般穿越平面渗透性之原理以及明確説明, 圖4顯示一般平面内參透性之差異。未提及的數字係相當 於圖1之各別數字(例如,廢液儲槽(3 5 6)相當於廢液儲槽 (156)等等)。 其中除了入口儲槽(350)可利用裝置(3 70)調整高度之外 ’亦利用固定裝置(341 ’未示於圖4),將樣品皿(320/420) 裝置於高度調整裝置(372)上。此入口儲槽相對於出口儲槽 (354)疋義第一個南度差(357)’其係與差壓△ p(其指示用於 計算滲透性之壓差)有關。此入口儲槽(350)相對於樣品高度 定義第二個高度差(359),其與差壓A p(c)有關,此a p(c) 係指示與樣品中之飽和相關的壓差’其中較高的毛細吸力 典型上係關於較低的飽和。 實·%«係開始於樣品將爲1 0 0 %飽和的低△ p c (接近於交公 刀水柱)。液體由於施加壓降△ P(c)(入口儲槽高度_出口儲 槽鬲度)而流過樣品。在穩態下,測量出口儲槽中之液體吸 收量成時間之函數。滲透性可使用達西定律,由壓降及體 積率數據計算得。正確的飽和度可由試驗後之濕樣品重 量相較於試驗前之乾樣品而得。 爲測量在低於1 0 0 ΰ/。之飽和下的滲透性,先如以上段落所 况,义使新的試驗樣品達到} 〇〇%飽和。接下來將樣品移至 軚β π度(例如丨〇公分),並使其在該高度下平衡。此時, 液體連續地自入口流至出口儲槽。樣品中之飽和將隨時間 而減^。當達到穩態時,即當吸收量對時間之圖爲線 力則所述測f流率、壓降及飽和。使用新的樣品,對數 —-----— "74 * ':i ':·α ψ (C\S)A4 (JIu --'----------裝·-------訂---------I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) &:3-5:-智慈时產局工消费· 蛀;3';,> 智«財產局 n® 工消 f;:r.-tf'7,.ri 4 49 46 7 五、發明說明(72 ) 個樣品高度重複此程序。 當飽和減小時,可能須增加在入口與出口儲槽之間的壓 降,以得到可測量的流率。此係由於對於大部分的多孔性 材料,滲透性將隨飽和之減小而快速地減小。必須確定在 入口與出口儲槽之間的壓降甚小於毛細吸力。 必須使用寬的液體儲槽(352、354),以確保當等待穩態 之達到時,液位不會明顯地改變。 此試驗可產生對於脱附循環之滲透性對飽和,即樣品在 開始時具有較高的飽和。當然,雖然可對吸收循環產生參 透性數據’但由於其會發生一些滯後效應,而不應將其使 用於本評估。 供一般穿越平面滲透性試驗用之樣品皿(3 20)與簡化穿越 平面滲透性試驗之樣品皿(120)的不同處基本上在於其包含 設置於樣品(3 10)之上方及下方的兩玻料(335)。關於玻料 (3 35),必須確定大部分的流動阻力係由樣品所提供,及玻 料阻力可以忽略。在粗破料上方之微孔薄膜可測量直至高 的高度,而不會產生明顯的流動阻力。應將玻料選擇成具 有相當於多於200公分水柱高之夠高的泡點壓力,但同時可 提供低流阻。此可經由選擇位在更爲開放之支承結構上方 之具有所需泡點壓力之夠薄的薄膜而充分地達成。 對於-般料性試驗,必須小心使空氣可經由側表面與 樣品接觸’以可視△ p(c)而改變鲍和度。因此,樣品皿的設 4基本上與簡化穿越平面試驗之試驗应相同,除了將泡沫 塑科墊片材料移除,及以恆壓產生裝置,諸如重物⑴7), —_________ -75- - '.丨、丄:二 一:^ (CNS)A l {^ιο χ vy; } ----- I I-——111 1 -------I------------1 ί請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 467 ^-_5::^分-"財產局裒工消货-二,·ΐ 一·trJk-rC 'rS (C \ S) A1 ^ > 10 -73 ϋ, d) Λ7 44946 7 ______B7_____ V. Description of the invention (71) into' Figure 3 shows the principle and clear explanation of the general permeability through the plane, Figure 4 shows Differences in permeability in general planes. The unmentioned numbers are equivalent to the respective numbers in FIG. 1 (for example, the waste liquid storage tank (3 5 6) corresponds to the waste liquid storage tank (156), etc.). Among them, in addition to the inlet tank (350), the device (3 70) can be used to adjust the height. 'The fixed device (341' not shown in Figure 4) is also used to mount the sample dish (320/420) to the height adjustment device (372). on. This inlet storage tank is relative to the outlet storage tank (354) meaning the first south degree difference (357) ', which is related to the differential pressure Δp (which indicates the pressure difference used to calculate permeability). This inlet tank (350) defines a second height difference (359) with respect to the sample height, which is related to the differential pressure A p (c), and this ap (c) indicates the pressure difference related to the saturation in the sample 'where Higher capillary suction is typically about lower saturation. The real %% begins with a low Δp c (close to the cross-cutting water column) where the sample will be 100% saturated. The liquid flows through the sample due to the applied pressure drop ΔP (c) (the height of the inlet tank_the height of the outlet tank). In steady state, the amount of liquid absorbed in the outlet storage tank is measured as a function of time. Permeability can be calculated from pressure drop and volume ratio data using Darcy's law. The correct saturation can be obtained from the weight of the wet sample after the test compared to the dry sample before the test. For measurements below 100 0 ΰ /. Permeability under saturation, as in the previous paragraph, means that the new test sample will be saturated at 0%. Next move the sample to 軚 β π degrees (for example, 丨 0 cm) and allow it to equilibrate at that height. At this time, the liquid continuously flows from the inlet to the outlet storage tank. Saturation in the sample will decrease over time ^. When steady state is reached, that is, when the graph of absorption versus time is a linear force, the measured flow rate, pressure drop, and saturation are described. Using new samples, logarithmic --------- " 74 * ': i': · α ψ (C \ S) A4 (JIu --'---------- installation ·- ----- Order --------- I < Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) &: 3-5:-Zhici Shiban Bureau Consumption · 蛀; 3 ' ;, > Wisdom «Property Bureau n® Industrial Consumption f;: r.-tf'7, .ri 4 49 46 7 V. Description of the Invention (72) This procedure is highly repeated for samples. As saturation decreases, it may be necessary to increase the pressure drop between the inlet and outlet tanks to obtain a measurable flow rate. This is because for most porous materials, permeability will decrease rapidly with decreasing saturation. It must be determined that the pressure drop between the inlet and outlet tanks is much less than the capillary suction. Wide liquid reservoirs (352, 354) must be used to ensure that the level does not change significantly while waiting for steady state to be reached. This test can produce permeability to saturation for the desorption cycle, i.e. the sample has a higher saturation at the beginning. Of course, although permeability data 'can be generated for the absorption cycle, it should not be used for this assessment because of some hysteresis effects. The difference between the sample vessel (3 20) for general penetration through the plane and the sample vessel (120) for simplified penetration through the plane is basically that it contains two glasses placed above and below the sample (3 10) Material (335). With regard to frit (3 35), it must be determined that most of the flow resistance is provided by the sample and that the frit resistance is negligible. The microporous film above the coarse material can be measured up to a high height without generating significant flow resistance. The frit should be selected to have a sufficiently high bubble point pressure equivalent to more than 200 cm of water column, but at the same time provide low flow resistance. This can be achieved adequately by selecting a sufficiently thin film with the required bubble point pressure above the more open support structure. For the general-property test, care must be taken to allow air to contact the sample via the side surface ' to visualize Δp (c) to change the Baohe degree. Therefore, the design of the sample dish 4 should be basically the same as the test for simplifying the through-plane test, except that the foam plastic gasket material is removed and the device is generated with a constant pressure, such as a weight ⑴ 7), . 丨, 丄: 21: ^ (CNS) A l {^ ιο χ vy;} ----- I I ----- 111 1 ------- I --------- --- 1 ί Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 449 467 ^ -_ 5 :: ^ 分-" Property Bureau 裒 工 消 消 物-二 , · ΐ 一 · trJk

AT B7 五、發明說明(73 ) 取代用於調整在上部與下部之間之間隙的設置,以(與上方 物件(32 1)之重量-起)將樣品維持於期$壓力下,除非另有 須要,否則此期望壓力爲0.2 psi(約14 kpa)。、 一般平面内滲透性試驗之樣品皿(42〇)示於圖4,此設計 係衍生自簡化平面内試驗,及其原理如以上所説明。因此 ,流體經由連接至薄膜(435)之流體入口(Μ2)及出口(433) 進入樣品皿(420),此薄膜(435)諸如説明於上之類型的玻料 (對於玻料335)。使試驗樣品(41〇)之末端置於此兩玻料上, 但2英吋乘2英吋(約5.1公分乘5.:!公分)之中心部分則否, 因此必須避冗在樣品與薄膜之間的敵稽及間隙。將試驗樣 品(410)置於樣品皿(420)之上部與下部之間,使用重物(417) 於調整進行實驗之壓力(除非另有須要及指明,否則爲〇 2 psi(約丨.4 kPa))。並且,利用加熱裝置(426)將樣品維持恆溫 ’例如’經由將恆溫水泵送通過加熱室(427)。 此外,對於此設備,空氣可經由側表面進入樣品中,對 於可改變飽和度至爲重要。 液體黏度 液體黏度對於以上的測定係一重要輸入參數,且其應對 各別的泥體對各別溫度取自熟知的表、或方程式、或利用 眾所接受的測量程序測量。 ,毛細吸附 目的 此試驗之目的在於測量本發明之儲存吸收元件之毛細吸 附吸收容量成高度之函數。(此試驗亦被用於測量高表面積 -76- --'----.丨丨丨 f— . I----- 1 訂 — — — — —----1 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449467 經--智--財屋局員工消費,-二 B7 五、發明說明(Μ ) 材料,即沒有滲透性的吸收劑,諸如水凝膠形成吸收聚合 物’或在吸收元件中所利用之其他非必需材料之毛細吸附 吸收各量成高度之函數。雖然如此,以下的論述係討論關 於測量整個儲存吸收元件之毛細吸附方法。)毛細吸附係主 宰液體如何被吸收至吸收性結構中之任何吸收劑的基本性 質。在毛細吸附實驗中,將毛細吸附吸收容量測量爲樣品 相對於試驗流體儲槽之高度所造成之流體壓力的函數。 熟知測定毛細吸附之方法。關於測量吸收性結構之毛細 吸附之方法的論述,參見Burgeni,A.A.及Kapur, C.,「纖 維物質中之毛細吸附平衡(Capillary Sorption Equilibria in Fiber Masses)」,織物研究期刊(Textile Research Journal) ,II (1967),356-366 ; Chatterjee,P.K·,吸收性、織物 科學與技術(Absorbency, Textile Science and Technology) 7 ,第II章,29-84頁,艾爾斯維爾科學出版社(Eise vierAT B7 V. Description of the Invention (73) Instead of adjusting the gap between the upper and lower parts, keep the sample under the pressure of $ (from the weight of the upper object (32 1)), unless otherwise Required, otherwise this expected pressure is 0.2 psi (approximately 14 kpa). The sample vessel (42) for the general in-plane permeability test is shown in Figure 4. This design is derived from the simplified in-plane test, and its principle is as explained above. Thus, the fluid enters the sample vessel (420) via the fluid inlet (M2) and the outlet (433) connected to a membrane (435), such as a frit of the type described above (for frit 335). The end of the test sample (41〇) is placed on the two frits, but the center part of 2 inches by 2 inches (approximately 5.1 cm by 5.:! Cm) is not, so it is necessary to avoid redundant samples and films Enemies and gaps. Place the test sample (410) between the upper part and the lower part of the sample dish (420), and use the weight (417) to adjust the pressure for the experiment (unless otherwise required and specified, otherwise 0 2 psi (about kPa)). Further, the sample is maintained at a constant temperature by a heating device (426), for example, by pumping constant temperature water through a heating chamber (427). In addition, for this device, air can enter the sample through the side surface, which is important for changing the saturation. Liquid viscosity Liquid viscosity is an important input parameter for the above determinations, and it should be taken from well-known tables or equations for each mud versus temperature, or measured using accepted measurement procedures. Capillary absorption Purpose The purpose of this test is to measure the capillary absorption capacity of the storage absorbent element of the present invention as a function of height. (This test is also used to measure high surface area -76- --'----. 丨 丨 丨 f—. I ----- 1 Order — — — — —---- 1 {Please read the back (Notes on this page, please fill out this page) 449467 Economics-Wisdom-Wealth Council Staff Consumption, -II B7 V. Invention Description (M) Materials, ie, non-permeable absorbents, such as hydrogel-forming absorbent polymers' Or capillary absorption of other non-essential materials used in the absorbing element is a function of height. Nonetheless, the following discussion discusses methods for measuring the capillary adsorption of the entire storage absorbent element. Capillary adsorption is the fundamental property of any absorbent that governs how liquid is absorbed into the absorbent structure. In the capillary adsorption experiment, the capillary adsorption absorption capacity is measured as a function of the fluid pressure caused by the height of the sample relative to the test fluid reservoir. Methods for measuring capillary adsorption are well known. For a discussion of methods for measuring capillary adsorption of absorbent structures, see Burgeri, AA, and Kapur, C., "Capillary Sorption Equilibria in Fiber Masses", Textile Research Journal, II (1967), 356-366; Chatterjee, PK ·, Absorbency, Textile Science and Technology 7, Chapter II, pp. 29-84, Eise Vier Press

Science Publishers B_V),1 985 ;及 1986 年 9 月 9 日發證給 Weisman等人之美國專利號數4,610,678。將各此等參考文 獻之揭示内容以提及的方式併入本文中。 原理 經由連續流體柱將多孔性玻璃玻料連接至天平上之流體 儲槽。在實驗過程中,將樣品維持於一定的限制重量下。 由於多孔性結構會視需要而吸收流體,因而將天平流體儲 槽中之失重記錄爲經調整玻璃玻料成高度及蒸發之函數之 吸收量之流體吸收量。測量在不同毛細吸力(靜液壓張力或 高度)下之吸收量或容量。由於玻料之增量降低(即毛細吸力 _-77- (CN.S)AI «JS CJWx^JT i.'-.t ) {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁> 壯衣·-------J11· —--' I I I-- 第88109633號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁(90年5月)-449/167- A7 B7 ·»♦·· 五、發明說明(7Γ) 降低)而發生增量吸收。 在實驗過程中亦監測時間’以可計算在200公分高度下 之起始有效吸收速率(克/克/小時)。 試劑 試驗液體:經由使下列物質完全溶解於蒸餾水中而製備得 合成尿液。 化合物 F.W. KC1 74.6 2.0 Na2S〇4 142 2.0 (NH4)H2P〇4 115 0.85 (nh4)2hpo4 132 0.15 CaCl2*2H20 147 0.25 MgCl2*6H2〇 203 0.5 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 裝置設備之一般說明 在TAPPI條件(50% RH,25°C)下操作供此試驗用之在 圖5 A大致描繪為520之毛細吸附設備。將試驗樣品置於 在圖5A中示為502之玻璃玻料上,此玻璃玻料經由試驗 液體(合成尿液)之連續鎂柱而連接至示為506之含有試驗 液體的天平液體儲槽。將此儲槽506置於與電腦515介面 相接之天平507上。天平應可讀至0.001克;此一天平係 賭自 Metter Toledo (Hightstown, NJ)之 PR1203。將破璃玻 料5 02置於在圖5A中大致示為501之垂直滑件上,以使 試驗樣品可垂直移動,而使試驗樣品暴露至不同的吸力 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) f ^^1 i tmr ϋ .n b · I- n n n 1 訂---------% (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 449 4〇 7 Λ7 __________^B7_ 五、發明說明(76 ) 高度。垂直滑件可爲無桿引動器,將其連接至電腦,以記 錄吸力问度及相對的時間,而測量試驗樣品之液體吸收量 。較佳的拱桿引動器係購自工業裝置(IndustrialScience Publishers B_V), 1 985; and U.S. Patent No. 4,610,678 issued to Weisman et al. On September 9, 1986. The disclosures of each of these references are incorporated herein by reference. Principle A porous glass frit is connected to a fluid reservoir on a balance via a continuous fluid column. During the experiment, the sample was maintained at a certain limit weight. Because the porous structure absorbs fluid as needed, the weight loss in the fluid reservoir of the balance is recorded as the fluid uptake of the glass frit adjusted as a function of its absorption and height as a function of evaporation. Measure the absorption or capacity under different capillary suction (hydrostatic tension or height). Due to the decrease of the glass (ie, the capillary suction _-77- (CN.S) AI «JS CJWx ^ JT i .'-. T) {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page> ------- J11 · ----- 'II I-- Amendment Page of Chinese Specification for Patent Application No. 88109633 (May 90) -449 / 167- A7 B7 · »♦ ·· V. Description of the Invention ( 7Γ) decreases) and incremental absorption occurs. The time was also monitored during the experiment to calculate the initial effective absorption rate (g / g / h) at a height of 200 cm. Reagent Test liquid: Synthetic urine prepared by completely dissolving the following substances in distilled water. Compound FW KC1 74.6 2.0 Na2S〇4 142 2.0 (NH4) H2P〇4 115 0.85 (nh4) 2hpo4 132 0.15 CaCl2 * 2H20 147 0.25 MgCl2 * 6H2 0203 0.5 General description of the printing equipment of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A capillary adsorption device, roughly depicted as 520 in Figure 5A, was operated under TAPPI conditions (50% RH, 25 ° C) for this test. The test sample was placed on a glass frit shown as 502 in Fig. 5A, which was connected to a liquid tank containing a test liquid shown as 506 via a continuous magnesium column of test liquid (synthetic urine). This storage tank 506 is placed on a balance 507 connected to the computer 515 interface. The balance should be readable to 0.001 grams; this balance is a bet from Metter Toledo (Hightstown, NJ) PR1203. The broken glass frit 502 was placed on a vertical slide generally shown as 501 in FIG. 5A to allow the test sample to move vertically and expose the test sample to different suction forces. ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) f ^^ 1 i tmr ϋ .nb · I- nnn 1 order ---------% (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 449 4 〇7 Λ7 __________ ^ B7_ 5. Description of the invention (76) Height. The vertical slider can be a rodless actuator, which can be connected to a computer to record the suction power and relative time, and measure the liquid absorption of the test sample. The preferred arch actuator was purchased from an industrial unit (Industrial

Devices)(Novato, CA)之項目 202X4X34N-1D4B-84-P-C-S- E,其可由購自CompuMotor (Rohnert, CA)之電動機驅動 ZETA 6 104-83- 1 35供以動力。在數據經測量並自引動器5〇1 及天平5 0 7送出之情況下,可容易地對各試驗樣品產生毛 細吸附吸收容量數據。並且,電腦至引動器5〇丨之介面可 控制玻璃玻料502之垂直移動。舉例來説,在各吸力高度 下,只有於達到「平衡」(定義於下)後,引動器才可使玻 璃玻料502垂直移動。 玻璃玻料502之底部連接至Tyg〇n®管件503,此管件將 玻料5 0 2連接至二通排水停止旋塞5 0 9 ^排水停止旋塞5 0 9 經由玻璃管件504及停止旋塞5 I 〇而連接至液體儲槽505。 (停止旋塞509只有在清潔裝置或移除空氣泡時才開放至排 水管)。玻璃管件5 11經由停止旋塞5 1 0而使流體儲槽505 與天平流體儲槽506連接。天平液體儲槽506係由質輕的i2 公分直徑玻璃盤506A及蓋506B所組成◊蓋506B具有一孔 ,透過此孔玻璃管件5 11可與儲槽506中之液體接觸。玻璃 管件5 1 1不可與蓋506B接觸,否則將會產生不穩定的天平 讀數,且試驗樣品的測量結果無法被採用。 玻璃玻料之直徑必須足以容納論述於下之用於固定試驗 樣品的活塞/圓筒裝置。將玻璃玻料502裝上夾套,以可由 加熱槽進行恆溫控制。玻料爲購自康寧玻璃公司(Corning --------訂-------- I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ____-79- ____ A7 77 ^--^¾0i產-3 工消費----''hDevices) (Novato, CA) project 202X4X34N-1D4B-84-P-C-S-E, which can be powered by a motor driven ZETA 6 104-83- 1 35 purchased from CompuMotor (Rohnert, CA). In the case where the data is measured and sent from the actuator 501 and the balance 507, the capillary adsorption and absorption capacity data can be easily generated for each test sample. In addition, the interface from the computer to the actuator 50 can control the vertical movement of the glass frit 502. For example, at each suction height, the actuator can make the glass frit 502 move vertically only after it reaches "balance" (defined below). The bottom of the glass frit 502 is connected to a Tygon® pipe fitting 503, which connects the glass frit 502 to the two-way drainage stop cock 5 0 9 ^ The drainage stop cock 5 0 9 passes through the glass tube 504 and the stop cock 5 I 〇 Instead, it is connected to the liquid storage tank 505. (The stopcock 509 only opens to the drain when cleaning the unit or removing air bubbles). The glass tube 5 11 connects the fluid storage tank 505 to the balance fluid storage tank 506 via the stopcock 5 1 0. The balance liquid storage tank 506 is composed of a lightweight i2 cm diameter glass disk 506A and a cover 506B. The cover 506B has a hole through which the glass pipe 5 11 can contact the liquid in the storage tank 506. The glass tube 5 1 1 must not be in contact with the cover 506B, otherwise unstable balance readings will be produced and the measurement results of the test samples cannot be used. The diameter of the glass frit must be sufficient to accommodate the piston / cylinder device described below for holding the test specimen. The glass frit 502 was mounted on a jacket so that the thermostat could be controlled by a heating tank. The glass material was purchased from Corning Glass Company (Corning -------- Order -------- I < Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ____- 79- ____ A7 77 ^ -^ ¾0iproduction-3 labor consumption ---- '' h

4 49 46 7 、發明說明(77 )4 49 46 7 、 Explanation of invention (77)

Glass Co. )(Corning, NY)之 #36060-3 5 0F 之規格爲具有 4 至 5.5微米孔隙之350毫升的燒結盤式漏斗9此孔隙夠細,而 可使玻料表面在指定的毛細吸力高度下保持潤濕(玻璃玻料 無法使空氣進入在玻璃玻料下方之連續試驗液體柱)。 如所指示,玻料502視三通停止旋塞5 1〇之位置,而經由 管件連接至流體儲槽505或天平液體儲槽5〇6。 將玻璃玻料502裝上夾套,以自恆溫槽接受水。此可確保 玻璃玻料之溫度在試驗程序中維持於8 8下(3 1 °C )之怪溫。 如圖5A所描繪,玻璃玻料502設有入σ 502A及出口 502B ,其與大致示爲508之循環加熱槽構成閉環。(並未將玻璃 爽套描繪於圖5Α。然而’自槽508引至夾套玻璃玻料5〇2 之水並未與試驗液體接觸,且試驗液體並未循環通過恆溫 槽。在恆溫槽中之水循環通過玻璃破料5〇2之夾套壁。) 將儲槽506及天平507封於箱内’以使試驗液體自天平儲 槽之蒸發減至最小,並增進在實驗進行過程中的夭平安定 性。大致示爲5 12之此箱具有頂部及壁,其中頂部具有一使 管件5 1 1可插過之孔洞。 玻璃玻料502更詳細地示於圖5Β 1 5β係未顯示入口 502Α及出口 5〇2Β之玻璃玻料的橫剖面圖。如所指出,玻 璃破料爲具有規格4至5‘5微米孔陳之35〇毫升的燒結盤式 漏斗。參照圖5Β,玻璃玻料502包括—指示爲55〇之圓柱 形的夾套漏斗,及示爲560之玻璃坡料盤。玻璃玻料5〇2 更包括一大致示爲565之圓筒/活塞組合(其包括圓筒566 及活塞568),其限制住示爲570之試驗樣品,並對試驗樣 __-80- (CN^)Al ^ -------Ill— -111---—訂· I-------1 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) )1--財產局員工消诨-11-;·-.t!,k d 49 46 7 A7 ______ B7 五、發明說明(78 ) 品提供:小的限制壓力。爲防止試驗液體自玻璃玻料盤560 之過度蒸發’將一示爲562之鐵氣龍環置於玻璃玻料盤560 之上方。Teflon®環562爲〇.〇1 27公分厚(購自麥克馬斯特 卡爾之_K16之材料薄片,並經切劉成適當大小),使 用其於?蓋在圓筒566外部之玻料盤表面,因此使由玻璃 破料之蒸發減至最少。環的外徑及内徑分別爲7 6及6.3公 分。Te^on®環562之内徑約較圓筒566之外徑小2毫米。 知V]ton 〇型環(購自麥克馬斯特卡爾之#as568a i5〇及 AS568A-1 5 1)564置於Tefl〇n®環562之上方,以密封在圓 柱夾套漏斗550之内壁與Tef丨〇沪環562之間的空間,而進 一步幫助防止喿發。如Ο型環之外徑超過圓柱夾套漏斗5 5 〇 之内徑,則如下降低Ο型環直徑以配合漏斗:將〇型環切 開,將必須量的〇型環材料切除,及將〇型環黏回在一起 ,以使〇型環在其整個周圍處與圓柱夾套漏斗55〇之内壁 接觸。 如所指出,在圖5B中大致示爲565之圓筒/活塞組合限制 住試驗樣品’並提供試驗樣品570 —小的限制壓力。參照圖 5C,組合565係由圓筒566,以568指示之杯狀Tef丨on®活 塞,及當須要時,裝配於活塞5 6 8内部之一或多個重物( 未示於圖中)所组成。(當須要時,將使用非必需的重物於調 整活塞及非必需重物之結合重量,以視試驗樣品之乾直徑 ,而達到0‘2 Psi之限制壓力。將其論述於下。)圓筒566爲 Lexan®棒狀材料,且具有以下尺寸:7.0公分之外徑,6.0 公分之内徑,及6.0公分之高度。Teflon®活塞568具有以 ------------^--------訂---------線 I {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ___-81 - 4.49 46 A: B: 4 Μ .¾ 消 五、發明說明(79 下尺寸:較圓筒566之内徑小〇·02公分之外徑。如圖5D所 示,將未與試驗樣品接觸之活塞568的末端鑽孔,以提供 5.0公分直徑乘约1.8公分深之室590,而容納達到〇.2 psi (1.4 kPa)之試驗樣品限制壓力所需的非必需重物(由試驗樣 品之實際乾直徑所決定)。換言之,活塞568及任何非必需 重物(未示於圖中)之總重量除以試驗樣品之實際直徑(乾 燥時)應可達到0.2 psi之限制壓力。在進行毛細吸附吸收容 量測量之前,使圓筒566及活塞568(及非必需的重物)在3 ! °C下平衡至少30分鐘。 在毛細吸附實驗過程中,使用一非經表面活性劑處理或 未加入表面活性劑之穿孔薄膜(丨4公分χ ]4公分)(未示於圖 中)於覆蓋玻璃玻料502,以使在樣品周圍的空氣不穩定減 至最小。孔隙夠大,而可防止在實驗過程中在薄膜之底面 形成凝結。 式驗樣品製備 試驗樣品可經由自儲存吸收元件鑽出一 5 4公分直 圓形結構而製得。去开杜^ ::、,必需將物件之其他組件移除。在無法不顯著地^ 物,結構(例如,密度、组件材料之相對配置、= -,, '、&件又其他組件分離的情況下, 几件不爲吸收性物件之缀伴 或 所有材料組合而製備得 件足 辆的兀件。試驗樣品爲5 弋表所討 ^ , ·4 Α刀直徑的圓,且係利用# & 床切割而製得。 π⑺供形衝 ^--------訂---------^ 1 f請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 82 - Λ 49 4b 7 , , Α7 ___Β7______ 五、發明說明(80 ) 試驗樣品之乾重量(以下用於計算毛細吸附吸收容量)係 製備如上之試驗樣品在環境條件下的重量。 實驗設置 1.將一清潔、乾燥的玻璃玻料502置於安裝至垂直滑件501 之漏斗容器中。移動垂直滑件之漏斗容器,以使玻璃玻 料位在0公分高度。 2 如以上所論述,設立如圖5A所示之裝置組件。 3.將12公分直徑的天平液體儲槽506置於天平507上。將 塑膠蓋506B置於此天平液體儲槽506上方,及將一塑 膠蓋置於天平箱5 1 2上方,其各具有小孔洞,以使玻璃 管件5 1 1可穿過。不使玻璃管件碰觸到天平液體儲槽之 蓋5 0 6 B ,否則將會產生不穩定的天平讀數,且測量結 果無法被採用。 4_使停止旋塞5 1 0對管件5 04關閉,及對玻璃管件51 1開 啓。使先前經塡充試驗流體之流體儲槽505打開,以使 試驗流體進入管件5 1 1 ’而填充天平流體儲槽5 〇 6。 5-將玻璃玻料502弄平並固定於定位。並且,確定玻璃破 料乾燥。 6.將Tygon®管件503安裝至停止旋塞509。(管件應約長 ’而可無糾結地到達玻璃玻料502之200公分的最高點 。)將此Tygon®管件填充來自液體儲槽505之試驗液體。 將Tygon®管件503安裝至水平的玻璃玻料5〇2,然後 打開停止旋塞509及停止旋塞5丨〇,以自流體儲槽5〇5 引導至玻璃玻料502。(停止旋塞510應對破璃管件511 ______-83-_ (CN^JA-l (^lux ; ------—- I L --------- ---I I I I I 訂·---I I I I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) “9么67 五、發明說明(81 ) 關閉。)試驗液體填充玻璃玻料5〇2 ,及在填充水平的 玻璃玻料時,將所有陷入的空氣移除。繼續填充直至流 體液位超過破璃玻料盤560之頂部爲止。將漏斗排空, 及將管件中和漏斗内之所有空氣泡移除。空氣泡可經由 將玻璃玻料502反轉,及使空氣泡上升並經由停止旋塞 509之排水管逸出而移除。(空氣泡典型上會聚集於玻 璃玻料盤560之底部。)使用夠小的高度將玻料重新弄 平’以使其可安裝於夾套漏斗550内及玻璃玻料盤560 之表面上。 8.將玻璃玻料與天平液體儲槽5〇6歸零。爲此,取出一件 足夠長度的Tyg0n®管件,並將其塡充試驗液體。將一端 置於天平液體儲槽506中,及使用另一端於定位破璃破 料502。由管件所指示之試驗液體液位(其相當於天平液 體儲槽液位)低於玻璃玻料盤560之頂部1 〇毫米。如情 況並非如此,則調整儲槽中之液體量,或在垂直滑件5〇 i 上重設零點位置。 ^r--^ft^A^PH^'.-lr--ilk C請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 9·利用管件將恆溫槽508之入口及出口分別連接至破璃破 料之入口及出口 5〇2A及502B。使玻璃玻料盤560之溫 度達到3 1 °C ^此可經由將玻璃玻料部分塡充試驗液體 ,及於其達到平衡溫度後,測量其溫度而測得。需要將 槽設在稍高於3 1 °C ’以容許水在自槽移送至破璃玻料 之過程中的散熱。 10‘使玻璃玻料平衡30分鐘。 ____—____- 84 - ?5囚家戍準(CNdVl 規恪 du * 公堃) 449467 A7 B: 五、發明說明(82 毛細吸附參數 以下説明可測定玻璃玻料在各高度下維持多久之電腦程 式。 在毛細吸附软體程式中,試驗樣品係位在距流體儲槽某 個指定高度處。如前所指,流體儲槽係放在天平上,因此 電腦可在一段已知時間間隔結束時讀取天平,並計算在試 驗樣品與儲槽之間的流率(德他(Delta)讀數/時間間隔)。對 於本方法’當指定數目之連續時間間隔之流率低於指定流 率時,將試驗樣品視爲達到平衡。當明瞭對於某些材料, 當達到指定的「平衡常數(EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT)」時 ,可能並未達到眞正的平衡。在讀數之間的時間間隔爲5 秒。 在毛細吸附清單中將德他表中之讀數數目載明爲「平衡 樣品(EQUILIBRIUM SAMPLES)」。德他之最大數目爲5〇〇 。在毛細吸附清單中將流率常數載明爲「平衡常數」。 將平衡常數以克/秒之單位輸入,其範圍自〇〇〇〇1至 100,000 。 , 以下爲簡化的邏輯實例。表顯示對各時間間隔計算得之 天平讀數及德他流量(Delta Flow)。 平衡樣品=3 平衡常數=.0015 I— - - I - - - - n n I^aJ_ n I n _ _ _ I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁w -85- 4 49 46 7 μ _;_Β7 五、發明說明(83 ) S5 0.350Glass Co.) (Corning, NY) # 36060-3 5 0F is a 350 ml sintered disc funnel with 4 to 5.5 micron pores. The pores are fine enough to allow the surface of the frit to have a specified capillary suction force. Keep wet at a high level (the glass frit cannot allow air to enter the continuous test liquid column below the glass frit). As indicated, the frit 502 is connected to the fluid storage tank 505 or the balance liquid storage tank 506 via a pipe, depending on the position of the tee stopcock 5 10. The glass frit 502 was fitted with a jacket to receive water from a thermostatic bath. This can ensure that the temperature of the glass frit is maintained at a strange temperature of 88 (31 ° C) in the test procedure. As shown in FIG. 5A, the glass frit 502 is provided with an inlet σ 502A and an outlet 502B, which form a closed loop with a circulating heating tank generally shown as 508. (The glass jacket is not depicted in Figure 5A. However, the water introduced from the tank 508 to the jacketed glass frit 502 did not come into contact with the test liquid, and the test liquid did not circulate through the thermostatic bath. In the thermostatic bath The water circulates through the jacket wall of the glass breaking material 502.) Seal the storage tank 506 and the balance 507 in the box to minimize the evaporation of the test liquid from the balance storage tank, and increase the 夭 during the experiment. Peace of mind. The box, shown generally as 5 12, has a top and a wall, where the top has a hole through which the pipe 5 1 1 can be inserted. The glass frit 502 is shown in more detail in FIG. 5B. The 15β series is a cross-sectional view of the glass frit without the inlet 502A and the outlet 502B. As indicated, the glass break was a sintered disc funnel with a size of 350 millimeters with a size of 4 to 5'5 micron holes. Referring to Fig. 5B, the glass frit 502 includes a cylindrical jacketed funnel indicated at 55 and a glass ramp tray shown at 560. The glass frit 502 further includes a cylinder / piston combination (which includes a cylinder 566 and a piston 568) shown generally as 565, which limits the test sample shown as 570, and the test sample __- 80- ( CN ^) Al ^ ------- Ill— -111 ----- Order · I ------- 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)) 1--Property Staff of the Bureau eliminated -11-; · -.t !, kd 49 46 7 A7 ______ B7 V. Description of the invention (78) Product provision: Small restrictive pressure. To prevent excessive evaporation of the test liquid from the glass frit tray 560 ', an iron gas dragon ring shown as 562 was placed above the glass frit tray 560. Teflon® ring 562 is 0.011 cm thick (purchased from McMaster Carr _K16 material sheet and cut into appropriate size). Is it used for? The surface of the frit pan is covered on the outside of the cylinder 566, thereby minimizing evaporation from glass breakage. The outer and inner diameters of the ring are 76 and 6.3 cm, respectively. The inner diameter of the Te ^ on® ring 562 is approximately 2 mm smaller than the outer diameter of the cylinder 566. Known V-type ring (purchased from McMaster Car # as568a i50 and AS568A-1 5 1) 564 is placed above the Teflon® ring 562 to seal the inner wall of the cylindrical jacket funnel 550 and Tef 丨 〇 Shanghai ring 562 space, and further help prevent bursts. If the outer diameter of the O-ring exceeds the inner diameter of the cylindrical jacket funnel 5 5 〇, reduce the O-ring diameter to fit the funnel as follows: Cut the O-ring, cut off the necessary amount of O-ring material, and cut the O-ring The rings are glued back together so that the o-ring is in contact with the inner wall of the cylindrical jacket funnel 55o at its entire periphery. As noted, the cylinder / piston combination shown generally as 565 in Figure 5B limits the test sample 'and provides test sample 570-a small limiting pressure. Referring to FIG. 5C, the combination 565 is a cup-shaped Tefion® piston indicated by a cylinder 566, indicated by 568, and one or more weights (not shown) assembled inside the piston 5 6 8 when necessary Composed of. (When necessary, non-essential weights will be used to adjust the combined weight of the piston and non-essential weights to reach the limit pressure of 0'2 Psi depending on the dry diameter of the test sample. Discuss it below.) The barrel 566 is a Lexan® rod-shaped material and has the following dimensions: an outer diameter of 7.0 cm, an inner diameter of 6.0 cm, and a height of 6.0 cm. Teflon® piston 568 has ------------ ^ -------- Order --------- line I {Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this Page) ___- 81-4.49 46 A: B: 4 Μ.¾ V. Description of the invention (79 under dimensions: 0.02 cm outside diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the cylinder 566. As shown in Figure 5D, The end of the piston 568 in contact with the test sample is drilled to provide a chamber 590 with a diameter of 5.0 cm by a depth of about 1.8 cm, and accommodates non-essential weights required to limit the pressure of the test sample to 0.2 psi (1.4 kPa) ( Determined by the actual dry diameter of the test sample). In other words, the total weight of the piston 568 and any non-essential weights (not shown) divided by the actual diameter of the test sample (when dry) should reach a limiting pressure of 0.2 psi Before measuring the capillary absorption capacity, equilibrate the cylinder 566 and the piston 568 (and non-essential weights) at 3! ° C for at least 30 minutes. During the capillary adsorption experiment, use a non-surfactant A perforated film (丨 4 cm x 4 cm) with or without added surfactant (not shown) is placed on a cover glass frit 502 to Minimize the instability of the air around the sample. The pores are large enough to prevent the formation of condensation on the bottom surface of the film during the experiment. Sample preparation The test sample can be drilled through a self-storing absorbing element into a 5 4 cm straight circle It is made by the shape structure. To open ^ ::, it is necessary to remove other components of the object. When it is impossible to significantly change the object, structure (for example, density, relative configuration of component materials, =-,, ', & amp In the case of separation of other components, several pieces are not prepared for the attachment of absorbent articles or all material combinations. The test sample is 5 弋 table discussed ^, · 4 Α knife diameter Round, and it is made by using # & bed cutting. Π⑺ 形 形 冲 ^^ ---- Order --------- ^ 1 fPlease read the notes on the back before filling in this Page} 82-Λ 49 4b 7 , Α7 ___ Β7 ______ 5. Description of the Invention (80) The dry weight of the test sample (hereinafter used to calculate the capillary absorption capacity) is the weight of the test sample prepared above under ambient conditions. Experimental setup 1 Place a clean, dry glass frit 502 in the vertical position In the funnel container of the slider 501. Move the funnel container of the vertical slider so that the glass frit is at a height of 0 cm. 2 As discussed above, set up the device assembly as shown in Figure 5A. 3. Place the 12 cm diameter The balance liquid storage tank 506 is placed on the balance 507. A plastic cover 506B is placed above the balance liquid storage tank 506, and a plastic cover is placed above the balance box 5 1 2 each having a small hole to make the glass pipe 5 1 1 can pass through. Do not allow the glass tube to touch the lid of the liquid storage tank 5 0 6 B, otherwise unstable balance readings will be produced and the measurement results cannot be used. 4_ Close the stopcock 5 1 0 to the tube 5 04 and open the glass tube 51 1. The fluid reservoir 505 previously filled with the test fluid is opened to allow the test fluid to enter the pipe 5 1 1 'to fill the balance fluid reservoir 506. 5- Flatten the glass frit 502 and fix it in place. Also, make sure the glass is broken. 6. Install Tygon® fitting 503 to stopcock 509. (The tube should be about ′ long and reach the highest point of 200 cm of glass frit 502 without tangling.) This Tygon® tube is filled with the test liquid from the liquid storage tank 505. Install the Tygon® tube 503 to the horizontal glass frit 502, and then open the stop cock 509 and stop cock 5 to guide the glass frit 502 from the fluid storage tank 505. (Stop cock 510 should deal with broken glass fittings 511 ______- 83-_ (CN ^ JA-l (^ lux; --------- IL --------- --- IIIII order ... -IIIII (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) "9 么 67 V. Description of the invention (81) Closed.) Test liquid filled glass frit 502, and when filling horizontal glass frit, All trapped air is removed. Continue filling until the fluid level exceeds the top of the broken glass tray 560. Empty the funnel and remove all air bubbles in the tube and inside the funnel. The material 502 is reversed, and the air bubbles are raised and removed through the drain pipe of the stopcock 509. (The air bubbles typically collect at the bottom of the glass fry pan 560.) Use a small enough height to re-glass Flatten it so that it can be installed in the jacket funnel 550 and on the surface of the glass frit pan 560. 8. Zero the glass frit and the balance liquid storage tank 506. For this purpose, take out a piece of sufficient length Tyg0n® tube and fill it with test liquid. Place one end in the balance liquid storage tank 506 and use the other end to position Glass breaking material 502. The test liquid level (which is equivalent to the liquid storage tank level of the balance) indicated by the pipe is 10 mm below the top of the glass fry pan 560. If this is not the case, adjust the liquid in the storage tank Or reset the zero position on the vertical slider 50i. ^ R-^ ft ^ A ^ PH ^ '.- lr--ilk C Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 9 · Use The fittings connect the inlet and outlet of the thermostatic bath 508 to the inlet and outlet of the broken glass material 502A and 502B respectively. The temperature of the glass fry pan 560 reaches 3 1 ° C. This can be achieved by filling the glass frit part. The test liquid is measured after it reaches the equilibrium temperature, and the temperature is measured. The tank needs to be set slightly higher than 31 ° C to allow water to dissipate heat during the process of transferring from the tank to the broken glass frit. 10 'Equilibrate the glass frit for 30 minutes. ____—____- 84-? 5 Prisoner's standard (CNdVl regulations du * public money) 449467 A7 B: 5. Description of the invention (82 capillary adsorption parameters The following description can determine the glass frit Computer program for how long at each height. In the capillary adsorption software program, test sample position A specified height from the fluid storage tank. As mentioned earlier, the fluid storage tank is placed on the balance, so the computer can read the balance at the end of a known time interval and calculate the difference between the test sample and the storage tank. Flow rate (Delta readings / time intervals). For this method, when the flow rate for a specified number of consecutive time intervals is lower than the specified flow rate, the test sample is considered to be in equilibrium. When it is clear that for some materials When the specified "EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT" is reached, a positive equilibrium may not be reached. The interval between readings is 5 seconds. The number of readings in the Delta table is indicated in the capillary adsorption list as "EQUILIBRIUM SAMPLES". The maximum number of Germans is 500. The flow rate constant is stated in the capillary adsorption list as the "equilibrium constant". Enter the equilibrium constant in grams per second, which ranges from 0.001 to 100,000. The following is a simplified logic example. The table shows the balance readings and delta flow calculated for each time interval. Equilibrium sample = 3 Equilibrium constant = .0015 I—--I----nn I ^ aJ_ n I n _ _ _ I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page w -85- 4 49 46 7 μ _ ; _ Β7 V. Description of the invention (83) S5 0.350

0.150 0.100 —- 0,050 -:_ 0.000 --:-'_:_ 0 2 4 6 8 10 時間間隔 (請先閒讀背面之泫意事項再填寫本頁)· 沒-^智9-时屋局貢工"货...::-ϋ," 時間間隔 天平値(克) 德他流量(克/秒) 0 0 1 0.090 0.0180 .2 0.165 0.0150 3 0.225 0.0120 4 0.270 0.0090 5 0.295 0.0050 6 0.305 0.0020 7 0.312 0.0014 8 0.316 0.0008 9 0.318 0.0004 -86- --------» ------- 1---'5^· 4 4-9 A6 7 at ___I£五、發明說明(84 ) 德他表: 時間 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delta 1 9599 0.0180 0.0180 0.0180 0.0090 0.0090 0.0090 0.0014 0.0014 0.0014 Delta2 9999 9999 0.0150 0.0150 0.0150 0.0050 0.0050 0.0050 0.0008 0.0008 Delta3 9999 9999 9999 0.0120 0.0120 0.0120 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0004 以上簡化實例之平衡吸收量爲0.3 1 8克 以下爲用於測定平衡吸收量之C語言碼 /* takedata.C int take_data(int equil—samples,double equilibrium_constant) { *! (請先閱讀背面之注t事項再填寫本頁) ^:-3-5¾3.¾財產局員工消 fu-''i-._rv .ej-k double delta ; static double deltas[500]; double value ; double prev一value ; clock—t next_time ; int i : for (i=0 : ;i<equil_samples ; i++) 〆用於儲存直至500個德他之表7 裝--------訂---------線 deltas[i]=9999.: delta_table_index=0 : equilibrium—reached=0 ; next_time=clock(): prev_reading=0.; /將德他表中之所有値預置爲9999 gms/secV /預置下—個德他儲存於表中之位置V /預置指示尚未到達平衡之旗標7 /預置何時讀取下一讀數V /預置來自天平之先前讀數之値v 87- 44946 B7 五、發明說明(85 while (!equilibrium_reached){ next_time+=5000L ; while (clock( )<next_time); value=get_balance_reading(); de lta=fabs(prev_value-value )/5.0 ; prev_value=value : deltas[delia_table_index]=delta ; delta table index++ ;0.150 0.100 —- 0,050-: _ 0.000-: -'_: _ 0 2 4 6 8 10 Time interval (please read the notice on the back before filling out this page) · No-^ 智 9- 时 屋 局Tribute " goods ... :: -ϋ, " Time interval balance 値 (g) Delta flow (g / s) 0 0 1 0.090 0.0180 .2 0.165 0.0150 3 0.225 0.0120 4 0.270 0.0090 5 0.295 0.0050 6 0.305 0.0020 7 0.312 0.0014 8 0.316 0.0008 9 0.318 0.0004 -86- -------- »------- 1 --- '5 ^ · 4 4-9 A6 7 at ___ I £ V. Description of the invention (84) Delta table: Time 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delta 1 9599 0.0180 0.0180 0.0180 0.0090 0.0090 0.0090 0.0014 0.0014 0.0014 Delta2 9999 9999 0.0150 0.0150 0.0150 0.0050 0.0050 0.0050 0.0008 0.0008 Delta3 9999 9999 9999 0.0120 0.0120 0.0120 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0004 The equilibrium absorption of the simplified example above is 0.3 1 The following C code is used to determine the equilibrium absorption of 8 grams / * takedata.C int take_data (int equil-samples, double equilibrium_constant) {*! (Please read the back first Note the t-item and fill out this page again) ^:-3-5¾3.¾ The staff of the property bureau eliminates fu-'' i-. _rv .ej-k double delta; static double deltas [500]; double value; double prev-value; clock-t next_time; int i: for (i = 0:; i <equil_samples; i ++) 〆 for storage up to 500 A table of 7 others. -------- Order --------- line deltas [i] = 9999 .: delta_table_index = 0: equilibrium_reached = 0; next_time = clock (): prev_reading = 0 .; / Preset all 値 in the delta table to 9999 gms / secV / Preset—the location where the delta is stored in the table V / Preset indicator has not reached the balance flag 7 / Preset When to take the next reading V / preset the previous reading from the balance 値 v 87- 44946 B7 V. Description of the invention (85 while (! Equilibrium_reached) {next_time + = 5000L; while (clock () &next_time); value = get_balance_reading (); de lta = fabs (prev_value-value) /5.0; prev_value = value: deltas [delia_table_index] = delta; delta table index ++;

广開始檢查平衡的環路V ’計算何時讀取下一讀數V ’等待自前一讀數經過5秒·/ 广讀取天平之克數V ’計算上一個5秒中之流量的絕對値V 广對下一環路儲存現値V /將德他之現値儲存於德他表中VGuang began to check the balanced loop V 'Calculate when to take the next reading V' Wait for 5 seconds to elapse from the previous reading // Wide reading balance grams V 'Calculate the absolute flow rate of the previous 5 seconds 値 V Wide pair The next loop stores the current value V / stores the current value of the data in the data table V

/將指標增加至表中之下一位置 if (delta_table_index==equil_samples) /* 當德他之數目=*/ delta—table_index=0 ; 指定平衡樣品之數目時,將指標重^ 至表之開始。如此表始終包含最後一個XX現有樣品V 墙 equilibrium一reached=l : /設定指示到達平衡的旗標7 for(i=0 ; i<equil_samples ; i++) /檢查德他表中之所有値、 _ · if(deltas[_i]>=equilibrium_constant) / 如任何値;>或=平衡常數' equilibrium_reached=0 : 广蔣平衡旗標設成〇(未達到平衡)*/ } 回到環路開始處V 毛細吸附參數 負荷説明(限制壓力):0.2 psi負荷 平衡樣品(η) : 50 平衡常數:0.0005克/秒 裝置高度値:100公分 冗成向度値:〇公分 液體靜壓高差參數:200、180、160 14〇 、 120 、 100 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) ----I I I I ^ ---I I I I--.1 -88- (CNS)A-l ) 44946 A7 B7 戎--智-€財產局_工湞#"^-'-0." 五、發明說明(86 、90、8〇、70、60、50、45、4〇 、35 、 30 、 25 、 20 、 15 、 1〇 、 5 及0公分。 毛細吸附程序係使用載明於上之所有高度以所說明的次 序進行,以測量毛細吸附吸收容量。即使希望在特殊高产 (例如,35公分)下測定毛細吸附吸收容量,亦必需以所^ 明的次序完成整個系列的液體靜壓高差參數。雖然使用所 有此等高度於進行毛細吸附試驗,以對試驗樣品產生毛細 吸附等溫線’但本揭示内容以其在200、14〇、1〇〇、5〇 、35及0公分之指定高度下的吸收性質説明儲存吸收元件。 毛細吸附程序 1) 依照實驗設置程序。 2) 確定恆溫槽508打開,有水循環通過玻璃玻料5〇2,且 玻璃玻料盤560之溫度爲3 1 °C。 3) 將玻璃破料502置於200公分之吸力高度。打開停止旋 塞509及510,以使玻璃玻料502與天平液體儲槽5〇6 連接。(停止旋塞5 1 0對液體儲槽5 〇5關閉。)使玻璃玻 料502平衡30分鐘。 4) 將以上的毛細吸附參數輸入至電腦中。 5) 關閉停止旋塞509及5 10。 6) 將玻璃玻料502移至設置高度,1 00公分。 7) 將Teflon®環562置於玻璃坡料盤560之表面上。將0 型環564置於Teflon®環上。將經預熱的圓筒566同心 地置於Teflon®環上。將試驗樣品570同心地置於玻璃 -89 gas (CXS)A-i ' 1' ' i 1--— 11 I —. I--— 111 I f請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -¾.¾¾1f.e.財產苟S 工消 f'>'r-.tr' 449 4b 7 Λ7 -----[11 A、發明說明(87 ) 玻料盤560上之圓筒566中。將活塞568置於圓筒566 内。若須要’將額外的限制重量置於活塞室5 9 0内。 8) 將玻璃玻料502蓋上穿孔薄膜。 9) 將此時的天平讀數歸零,或作爲皮讀數。 10) 將玻璃玻料502移至200公分。 11) 打開停止旋塞509及5 10(停止旋塞510對流體儲槽505 關閉),並開始天平及時間讀數。 玻璃玻料校正(空白校正吸收景、 由於玻璃玻料盤560爲多孔性結構,因而必需測定破璃玻 料(502)之毛細吸附吸收量(空白校正吸收量),並將其減去 ,以得到眞實的試驗樣品毛細吸附吸收量。對所使用之各 新的玻璃玻料進行玻璃玻料校正。如前所述進行毛細吸附 程序,除了並無試驗樣品,而得空白吸收量(克)。在各指定 高度下的經過時問等於空白時間(秒)。 蒸發損耗校正 1) 將玻璃玻料5 02移至高於零點2公分,並打開停止旋 塞509及5 10(對儲槽505.關閉),而使其在此高度下平 衡3 0分鐘。 2) 關閉停止旋塞509及510。 3) 將Teflon®環562置於玻璃玻料盤560之表面上。將〇 型環564置於Teflon®環上。將經預熱的圓筒566同心 地置於Teflon®環上。將活塞568置於圓筒566内。將 穿孔薄膜置於玻璃玻料502上。 4) 打開停止旋塞5 0 9及5 1 0 (對儲槽5 0 5關閉)’並記綠天 _-90- (CNS)A4 iim ) --------訂.--------1 <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 49 46 7 五 Λ7 '發明說明(88 ) 平讀數及時間3.5小時。計算樣品蒸發(克/小日寺)如下: [在丨小時下之天平讀數·在3,5小時下之天平讀數〕Ο 5小時 即使於採取以上所有的預防措施後,仍會發生一些蒸發 損耗,其對試驗樣品及玻料校正典型上爲約〇 . 1 〇克/小時。 理想上,對各新裝設的玻璃玻料5〇2測量樣品蒸發。 清潔設備 當新裝設玻璃玻料502時,使用—新的Tygon®管件503。 如可看見微生物污染,則以Clorox Bleach®之50%蒸餾水溶 液清潔玻璃管件5 04及5 1 1、流體儲槽5 0 5、及天平液體儲 槽506,隨後再以蒸餾水沖洗。 a. Jr實驗後之浩潔 在各試驗結束時(於將試驗樣品移開後),自液體儲槽505 以250毫升試驗液體前向沖洗玻璃玻料(即將試驗液體引入 至玻璃玻料之底部),以自玻璃玻料盤之孔隙移除殘留的試 驗樣品。使停止旋塞509及5 10對液體儲槽505開放,並對 天平液體儲槽506關閉,將玻璃玻料自其容器移出,倒轉過 來’並先以試驗液體沖洗,隨後再以丙酮及試驗液體(合成 尿液)沖洗。在沖洗過程中,必須將玻璃玻料傾斜倒置’並 使沖洗流體噴出於試驗樣品上與玻璃玻料盤之表面接觸。 於沖洗之後,以250毫升試驗液體(合成尿液)前向沖洗玻璃 破料第二次。最後,將玻璃玻料重新裝設於其容器中,並 將破料表面弄平^ •91 - Η :·ϊ a (C\S) A ί (JU; * i.' s ) — —— — — — —---- I I I---—訂 *--------I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -W"-財屋局貧' 工消"'"·'··*^ 449 46 7 A: ' ------ ______ 五、發明說明(的) b. I測玻 於各清潔程序後,及對各新裝設的玻璃玻料,必需使破 璃玻料設置位在0公分位置,而監測玻璃玻料之性能。將 50毫升之試驗液體倒於水平的玻璃玻料盤表面上(沒有 Teflon壤、◦型環及圓筒/活塞組件)。記錄試驗流體液位 降至玻璃玻料盤表面上方5毫米所需之時間。如此時間超過 4.5分鐘,則必需進行定期清潔。 c. 定期清潔 定期地(見以上的監測玻料性能)徹底清潔玻璃玻料,以防 止阻塞。沖洗泥體爲络飽水、丙酮' Cl〇r〇x Bleach⑧之 蒸顧水溶液(用於移除細菌成長)及執驗液體。清潔包括將玻 璃玻料自谷器移出,並拆卸所有管件。將玻料倒置,而以 適當的流體及量以下列次序前向沖洗(即將沖洗液體引入至 破璃玻料之底部)玻璃玻料: 1. 250毫升蒸餾水。 2. 100毫升丙酮。 3. 2 5 0毫升蒸餾水。 4. 丨00毫升50 : 50 Clorox®/蒸餾水溶液。 5. 250毫升蒸餾水。 6. 2 5 0毫升試驗流體° 當玻璃玻料之性能在流體流量的設定標準内(見上),且當 在玻璃玻料盤表面上不可觀祭到殘留物時,則清潔程序可 令人滿意。如無法成功地進行清潔,則必需更換玻料。 -92- ^ (CN^Al ^ ----------- --------訂·--------1 (琦先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 449467 Λ7 B7 经濟筘智慧財產局8工消费,v;r;;M .¾ 五、發明說明(90 ) 計算 設置電腦’以提供由單位爲公分之毛細吸力高度、時間 、及在各指定鬲度之單位爲克之吸收量所組成的報告。由 此數據,可計算經校正玻料吸收量及蒸發損耗之毛細吸力 吸收容量。並且,根據在〇公分之毛細吸力吸收容量,可計 算在指足高度下之毛細吸收效率。除此之外,計算在20( 公分之起始有效吸收速率。 空白校正吸收晋 空白校正吸收量(克)=空白吸收量(克_空白時間(秒)1品蒸發(克/小時) 3600(秒/小時) 生^力吸收容量i r csac丨) ⑽(克,克)=^仙· 如脚收量(克) 樣品之乾重量(克) 炎J00公分下之起始有效吸收速率(「IEtJR |、/ Increase the index to the next position in the table if (delta_table_index == equil_samples) / * When the number of deltas = * / delta-table_index = 0; When the number of balanced samples is specified, the index is reset to the beginning of the table. Such a table always contains the last XX existing sample V wall equilibrium = reached = l: / Set the flag indicating that equilibrium is reached 7 for (i = 0; i <equil_samples; i ++) / Check all 値, _ in the delta table if (deltas [_i] > = equilibrium_constant) / if any 値; > or = equilibrium constant 'equilibrium_reached = 0: the Guang Jiang balance flag is set to 0 (the equilibrium is not reached) * /} back to the beginning of the loop V Capillary adsorption parameter load description (limiting pressure): 0.2 psi load balance sample (η): 50 balance constant: 0.0005 g / sec device height 値: 100 cm redundant dimension 値: 0 cm liquid static pressure difference parameter: 200, 180, 160 14〇, 120, 100 (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page) ---- IIII ^ --- III I-. 1 -88- (CNS) Al) 44946 A7 B7 Rong --Chi- € Property Bureau_ 工 浈 # " ^ -'- 0. " V. Invention Description (86, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5 and 0 cm. Capillary adsorption procedures are performed in the stated order using all heights specified above to measure capillary adsorption. Absorptive capacity. Even if it is desired to measure the capillary adsorption absorption capacity at a special high yield (for example, 35 cm), the entire series of hydrostatic pressure differential parameters must be completed in the order shown. Although all these heights are used for capillary adsorption The test is to generate a capillary adsorption isotherm on the test sample, but the present disclosure describes the storage absorbent element with its absorption properties at the specified heights of 200, 140, 100, 50, 35, and 0 cm. Capillary adsorption Procedure 1) Follow the experimental setup procedure. 2) Make sure that the thermostat 508 is open, water is circulating through the glass frit 502, and the temperature of the glass frit pan 560 is 31 ° C. 3) Place glass break 502 at a suction height of 200 cm. The stopcocks 509 and 510 are opened to connect the glass frit 502 to the balance liquid storage tank 506. (Stop the stopcock 5 10 and close the liquid storage tank 5 05.) Allow the glass frit 502 to equilibrate for 30 minutes. 4) Enter the above capillary adsorption parameters into the computer. 5) Close the stopcocks 509 and 5 10. 6) Move the glass frit 502 to the set height, 100 cm. 7) Place the Teflon® ring 562 on the surface of the glass slope tray 560. Place the O-ring 564 on the Teflon® ring. Pre-heated cylinder 566 was placed concentrically on a Teflon® ring. Place the test sample 570 concentrically on the glass -89 gas (CXS) Ai '1' 'i 1 --- 11 I —. I --- 111 I f (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -¾ .¾¾1f.e. Property consumption F '>' r-.tr '449 4b 7 Λ7 ----- [11 A, Description of the invention (87) In the cylinder 566 on the glass tray 560. The piston 568 is placed inside the cylinder 566. If necessary 'put additional restraint weight in piston chamber 590. 8) Cover the glass frit 502 with a perforated film. 9) Zero the balance reading at this time, or take it as a tare reading. 10) Move the glass frit 502 to 200 cm. 11) Open stopcocks 509 and 5 10 (stopcock 510 closes to fluid reservoir 505) and start the balance and time reading. Glass frost correction (blank corrected absorption scene, because the glass frit tray 560 is porous, it is necessary to determine the capillary adsorption absorption (blank corrected absorption) of the broken glass frit (502), and subtract it to Obtain the capillary adsorption absorption of the solid test sample. Correct the glass frit for each new glass frit used. Perform the capillary adsorption procedure as described above, except that there is no test sample, and the blank absorption (g) is obtained. The elapsed time at each specified height is equal to the blank time (seconds). Evaporation loss correction 1) Move glass frit 5 02 to 2 cm above zero, and open stopcocks 509 and 5 10 (close to storage tank 505.) And let it equilibrate at this height for 30 minutes. 2) Close the stopcocks 509 and 510. 3) Place the Teflon® ring 562 on the surface of the glass frit pan 560. Place the o-ring 564 on the Teflon® ring. Pre-heated cylinder 566 was placed concentrically on a Teflon® ring. The piston 568 is placed inside the cylinder 566. A perforated film is placed on the glass frit 502. 4) Open stop cocks 5 0 9 and 5 1 0 (close to storage tank 5 0 5) 'and note Lutian _-90- (CNS) A4 iim) -------- Order .---- ---- 1 < Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 4 49 46 7 Five Λ7 'Invention description (88) Level reading and time 3.5 hours. Calculate the sample evaporation (g / Xiaori Temple) as follows: [Reading of the balance in hours, reading of the balance in 3,5 hours] 〇 5 hours Even after taking all the above precautions, some evaporation loss will still occur The correction for test samples and frits is typically about 0.10 g / hour. Ideally, each newly installed glass frit 502 measurement sample is evaporated. Cleaning Equipment When new glass frit 502 is installed, use the new Tygon® Fitting 503. If microbial contamination is visible, clean the glass fittings 50 04 and 5 1 with the 50% distilled water solution of Clorox Bleach®, the fluid storage tank 5 0 5 and the balance liquid storage tank 506, and then rinse with distilled water. a. After the Jr experiment, Hao Jie at the end of each test (after removing the test sample), rinsed the glass frit forward from the liquid storage tank 505 with 250 ml of test liquid (that is, the test liquid was introduced to the bottom of the glass frit). ) To remove the remaining test sample from the pores of the glass frit pan. Open the stopcocks 509 and 5 10 to the liquid storage tank 505, and close the balance liquid storage tank 506. Remove the glass frit from its container, turn it over and wash it with the test liquid first, then use acetone and the test liquid Synthetic urine). During the rinsing process, the glass frit must be tilted upside down and the rinsing fluid sprayed out of the test sample to contact the surface of the glass frit pan. After rinsing, flush the glass forward with 250 ml of test liquid (synthetic urine) a second time. Finally, the glass frit was reinstalled in its container, and the broken surface was flattened ^ • 91-Η: · ϊ a (C \ S) A ί (JU; * i. 'S) — —— — — — —---- II I ---— Order * -------- I (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -W " -Fortune House Bureau Poverty 'Work Consumption " '" ·' ·· * ^ 449 46 7 A: '------ ______ V. Description of the invention (of) b. I test the glass after each cleaning procedure and the newly installed glass frit It is necessary to set the broken glass frit at the position of 0 cm and monitor the performance of the glass frit. Pour 50 ml of test liquid onto a horizontal glass frit pan surface (no Teflon soil, ring, and cylinder / piston assembly). Record the time required for the test fluid level to drop 5 mm above the surface of the glass frit pan. If this time exceeds 4.5 minutes, regular cleaning is necessary. c. Periodic cleaning Periodically (see monitoring frit performance above) thoroughly clean the glass frit to prevent blockages. The rinsing mud is saturated with water, acetone'ClOrox Bleach⑧, distilled water solution (for removing bacteria growth) and test liquid. Cleaning includes removing glass frit from the trough and removing all tubing. Invert the frit, and rinse the glass frit forward with the appropriate fluid and volume in the following order (that is, the flushing liquid is introduced to the bottom of the broken glass frit): 1. 250 ml of distilled water. 2. 100 ml of acetone. 3. 250 ml of distilled water. 4. 00 ml of 50:50 Clorox® / distilled water. 5. 250 ml of distilled water. 6. 250 ml test fluid ° When the performance of the glass frit is within the set standard of the fluid flow (see above), and when no residue can be observed on the surface of the glass fry pan, the cleaning procedure can be satisfaction. If cleaning is not successful, the frit must be changed. -92- ^ (CN ^ Al ^ ----------- -------- Order · -------- 1 (Q first read the phonetic on the back? Matters before filling in (This page) 449467 Λ7 B7 Economic and Intellectual Property Bureau 8 Workers 'Consumption, v; r ;; M. ¾ V. Description of Invention (90) Calculate and set up a computer' to provide the capillary suction height, time, and The unit of the specified degree of absorptivity is a report consisting of gram absorption. From this data, the capillary suction absorption capacity after correction of glass frost absorption and evaporation loss can be calculated. And, based on the capillary suction absorption capacity at 0 cm, it can be calculated Refers to the capillary absorption efficiency at the foot height. In addition, calculate the initial effective absorption rate at 20 (cm.) Blank correction absorption and blank correction absorption (g) = blank absorption (g_blank time (seconds) 1 Product evaporation (g / hour) 3600 (seconds / hour) Productive force absorption capacity ir csac 丨) ⑽ (g, g) = ^ cents · Such as foot yield (g) Dry weight (g) of sample under J00 cm Initial effective absorption rate ("IEtJR |,

IEUR(克/克/小時)=^1^_^_分下之_£^(克/M 在200公分下之樣品時間(秒) 報告 對各樣品應採用至少兩測量,及將各高度之吸收量平均 ’以計算指定吸收元件或指定高表面積材料之毛細吸附吸 收容量(CSAC)。 由此等數據,可計算各別値: -材料釋放出其在〇公分下容量(即CSAC 0)之X%之毛細吸 -93 - (CN^;A1 W (ju; ) ----------- --------訂·-------I 1 (請先閱讀背面之注急事項再填寫本頁) :¾. .¾ 產 § 44946 7 B7 五、發明說明(91 ) 附脱附高度(CSDH X),以公分表示; -材料吸收其在0公分下容量(即CSAC 0)之y%之毛細吸附 吸收高度(CSAHy),以公分表示; -在某個高度z下之毛細吸附吸收容量(CSAC z),以克{流 體}/克{材料}之單位表示:尤其係在高度零(CSAC 0),及 在35公分' 40公分之高度等等; -在某個高度z下之毛細吸附吸收效率(CSAE z),以%表示 ’其係C S A C 0及C S A C z之値的比。 將兩材料結合(諸如將第一個使用作爲吸取/分佈材料, 及第二個使用作爲液體儲存材料),則第二個材料之c SAC 値(及因此各別的CSAE値)可對第一個材料之CSDH χ値作 測定》 離心容量試驗(tcc試驗) 雖然T C C試驗係特別爲超吸收材料而發展,但其亦可容 易地應用至其他的吸收材料。 茶包離心容量試驗測量茶包離心容量値,其係液體在吸 收材料中滯留之量度。 將吸收材料置於「茶包」内,浸於0.9重量百分比之氣化 鈉溶液中20分鐘,然後離心3分鐘。滯留液體重量對乾材 料之起始重量之比即爲吸收材料之吸收容量。 將2公升之0.9重量百分比氣化鈉的蒸餾水溶液倒入尺、 24公分χ 30公分x 5公分之盤中。液體填注高度應爲约寸 公分 茶包袋之尺寸爲ό. 5公分χ 6.5公分,且係p冓自德 國枉塞 (請先閱讀背面之注急事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------線 -94 - :’:.ϊ 肖 ΐ :¾¾ 規洛(公发 A7 B7 五、發明說明(92 ) 朵夫(DUsseldorf)提康(Teekanne)。此袋可利用標準的廚房用 塑膠袋封合裝置(例如購自德國克拉普斯(Krups)之 VACUPACK2 PLUS)熱封合。 經由小心地部分切割茶包而將其打開,然後稱重。將經 準確稱重至+/- 0.005克之约〇·2〇〇克的吸收材料樣品置於 茶包内。然後利用熱合機將茶包密閉。將此稱爲樣品茶包 。將一空茶包密封,並使用作爲空白樣品。 然後將樣品茶包及空白茶包置於鹽水溶液之表面上,並 使用刮勺使其浸泡約5秒,以使其完全潤濕(茶包將浮於鹽 水溶液之表面上,但接著將完全潤濕)。立即啓動計時器: 於20分鐘之浸泡時間後,將樣品茶包及空白茶包自鹽水 溶液取出,並置於 Bauknecht WS130、Bosch 772 NZK096 或相等的離心機(230毫米直徑)中,以使各茶包黏附至離心 藍的外壁。關閉離心機蓋,啓動離心機,並將速度快速地 增加至每分鐘M00轉(1,4〇〇rpm) 一旦離心機穩定地達到 每分鐘1,400轉,則啓動計時器。於3分鐘後,使離心機停 止。 將樣品茶包及空白茶包取出,並分別稱重。 吸收材料之樣品的茶包離心容量(丁cc)計算如下: TCC忖(離心後之樣品茶包重量)_(離心後 (乾吸收材料重量)卜(乾吸收材科重量 此外’可測量結構之特定部分或整個吸收性物件,諸如 部分的」切"’即觀看結構的部分或整個物件,由此在 -95 f請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) ·1!111 訂--------- ^^-智慧財屋局員工消费-一--·--^:.- ;""-"ftsva"3 工消货+Ϊ'·--·'-卜 4 49 46 Λ; ------Β7 五、發明說明) 物件之縱軸的測定點橫越物件之整個寬度《行切害卜尤其 ’利用説明於上之「兩腿分又區域」之定義可測定「兩腿 分叉區域容量」。可使用其他的切口於測定「基容量“即 包含在物件之特定區域之單位面積中的容量量値)。視單位 面積之尺寸而定(以2公分乘2公分較佳),將定義要進行多 少平均,自然,尺寸愈小,將進行愈少平均。 最终儲犇 爲測定或評估吸收性物件之最終㈣儲存 多方法被提出。 爷 在本發明之情況中,假定物件之最終儲存容量爲個別元 牛或材料之最終吸收容量的總和。對於此等個別组件,可 應用各種眾所接受的技術,只要其係在整個比較中一致地 應用即可。舉例來説’可將對超吸收聚合物(SAP)所發展並 爲眾人所接受的茶包離心容量使用於此種SAp材料,但亦 可用於其他材料(見上)。 旦知道個別材料之容量,則可經由將此等値(毫升/克) 乘以使用於物件中之材料重量,而計算得總物件容量。 ”對於具有除成體之最終儲存外之專用功用之材料,諸如 °耳^等等,可和'最終儲存容量忽略,由於此種材料相較 於專用的:終流體儲存材料事實上僅具有非常低的容量値 或者此等材料並非要用來負載流體,因此應將其流體釋 攻給其他的最終儲存材料。 度/基重量测f _ m利用樣品切割器切割而得之-定面積的試樣稱重 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂---------線 4 4946 A: _B7 五、發明說明(94 ) 至至少0.1 %準確度。在550 Pa (0.08 psi)之施加壓力下對50 毫米直徑之試驗面積測量厚度。可容易地計算得以克/平方 米表示之爲每單位面積重量之基重量,以毫米@ 5 50 Pa壓 力表示之厚度,及以克/立方公分表示之密度。 f--------訂---------線 1 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ?£;·ί'5,·智慧时產局Η 工消 f.'.',Ιί'ιν -ΐ -97-IEUR (g / g / h) = ^ 1 ^ _ ^ _ minutes under _ £ ^ (g / M sample time under 200 cm (seconds) The report should use at least two measurements for each sample, and The average absorption amount is used to calculate the capillary adsorption absorption capacity (CSAC) of a specified absorption element or a specified high surface area material. From these data, the individual 値 can be calculated:-The material releases its capacity at 0 cm (ie, CSAC 0). X% capillary suction-93-(CN ^; A1 W (ju;) ----------- -------- Order · ------- I 1 (Please Read the urgent notes on the back before filling out this page): ¾. .¾ Product § 44946 7 B7 V. Description of the invention (91) Attached desorption height (CSDH X), expressed in centimeters;-The material absorbs it below 0 centimeters Capillary adsorption absorption height (CSAHy) of y% of capacity (ie CSAC 0), expressed in centimeters;-Capillary adsorption absorption capacity (CSAC z) at a certain height z, in grams {fluid} / gram {material} Unit display: Especially at zero height (CSAC 0), at 35 cm '40 cm height, etc .;-Capillary adsorption absorption efficiency (CSAE z) at a certain height z, expressed in% 'It is CSAC 0 And CSAC z . Combining two materials (such as using the first as a absorbing / distributing material and the second as a liquid storage material), the c SAC 値 (and therefore the respective CSAE 値) of the second material Determination of CSDH χ of a material. Centrifugal capacity test (tcc test) Although the TCC test was developed especially for superabsorbent materials, it can also be easily applied to other absorbent materials. Tea bag centrifugal capacity test measures tea bags Centrifugal capacity 値 is a measure of the retention of liquid in the absorbent material. The absorbent material is placed in a "tea bag", immersed in a 0.9% by weight sodium gas solution for 20 minutes, and then centrifuged for 3 minutes. The weight of the retained liquid is dry The ratio of the starting weight of the material is the absorption capacity of the absorbent material. Pour 2 litres of 0.9% by weight of sodium vaporized distilled water into a ruler, 24 cm x 30 cm x 5 cm dish. The filling height of the liquid should be The size of the teabag bag is about 5 cm x 6.5 cm, and the size is from Germany (please read the urgent notes on the back before filling this page) -------- Order-- ------- line-94-: : .ϊ Xiao ΐ: ¾¾ Grow Luo (Gongfa A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (92) DUsseldorf Teekanne. This bag can use a standard kitchen plastic bag sealing device (for example, purchased from Germany VACUPACK2 PLUS (Krups) is heat-sealed. The tea bag is opened by carefully cutting the portion and then weighed. A sample of about 0.200 grams of an absorbent material accurately weighed to +/- 0.005 grams was placed in a tea bag. The tea bag is then sealed with a heat sealer. This is called a sample tea bag. An empty tea bag was sealed and used as a blank sample. Then place the sample tea bag and blank tea bag on the surface of the saline solution, and soak it with a spatula for about 5 seconds to make it completely wet (the tea bag will float on the surface of the saline solution, but then it will completely Wetting). Immediately start the timer: After a 20-minute soak time, remove the sample tea bags and blank tea bags from the saline solution and place them in a Bauknecht WS130, Bosch 772 NZK096 or equivalent centrifuge (230 mm diameter) to make each tea The bag is adhered to the outer wall of the centrifugal blue. Close the centrifuge lid, start the centrifuge, and quickly increase the speed to M00 revolutions per minute (1,400 rpm). Once the centrifuge has steadily reached 1,400 revolutions per minute, start the timer. After 3 minutes, stop the centrifuge. Take out the sample tea bag and blank tea bag and weigh them separately. The centrifugal capacity (Dc) of the tea bag of the sample of the absorbent material is calculated as follows: TCC 忖 (weight of the sample tea bag after centrifugation) _ (after centrifugation (weight of dry absorbent material)) A specific part or the entire absorbent article, such as a part of the "cut", is to view a part or the whole of the structure, so at -95 f please read the phonetic on the back? Matters before filling out this page) · 1! 111 Order- -------- ^^-Consumer Consumption of Wisdom Wealth Housing Bureau-One ----- ^: .-; " "-" ftsva " 3 Industrial Consumption + Ϊ '----' -Bu 4 49 46 Λ; ------ B7 V. Description of the invention) The measuring point of the longitudinal axis of the object traverses the entire width of the object. The definition of "" can be used to measure "the volume of the bifurcation area of two legs". Other incisions can be used to determine the "basic capacity", that is, the amount of capacity per unit area contained in a specific area of an object 値). Depending on the size of the unit area (2 cm by 2 cm is better), how much averaging will be defined. Naturally, the smaller the size, the less averaging will be performed. Final storage Multiple methods have been proposed for measuring or evaluating the final storage of absorbent articles. In the case of the present invention, it is assumed that the final storage capacity of the article is the sum of the final absorption capacities of individual cows or materials. For these individual components, a variety of accepted techniques can be applied as long as they are applied consistently throughout the comparison. For example, 'the teabag centrifugal capacity developed for the superabsorbent polymer (SAP) and accepted by everyone is used for this SAp material, but it can also be used for other materials (see above). Once the capacity of an individual material is known, the total object capacity can be calculated by multiplying this amount (ml / g) by the weight of the material used in the object. "For materials with special functions other than the final storage of the adult, such as ° ^^, etc., can be ignored with 'final storage capacity, because this kind of material is compared with special: the final fluid storage material in fact has only very Low capacity 値 or these materials are not intended to carry fluids, so their fluids should be released to other final storage materials. Degrees / basis weight measurement f_m is obtained by cutting with a sample cutter-a test of a fixed area Sample weighing (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Loading -------- Order --------- line 4 4946 A: _B7 V. Description of the invention (94) to at least 0.1% accuracy. Thickness is measured on a 50 mm diameter test area under an applied pressure of 550 Pa (0.08 psi). Can be easily calculated in grams per square meter as basis weight per unit area weight in mm @ 5 Thickness expressed in 50 Pa pressure and density expressed in grams per cubic centimeter. F -------- Order --------- Line 1 {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page )? £; · ί'5, · Wisdom Time Production BureauΗ 工 消 f. '.', Ιί'ιν -ΐ -97-

Claims (1)

第88109633號專利申請案 文申請專利範圍修正本(9〇年元月)品申請專利範圍 A8 B8 ifiEJ 經濟部中央揉隼局員工消費合作社印m ι —種具有在o公分高度下容量之50。/。之毛細吸附脫附高 度(CSDH 50)之流體處理元件;其更具有在1〇〇%飽和及 在50%飽和下之液體滲透性(k(〗〇〇)及k(50)), 其特徵為 CSDH 50值低於150公分,k(100)具有多於1達西 (Darcy)之值,及k(50)具有多於k(100)之14%之值》 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件,其中該元件具 有多於2達西之k(100)值。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件 有多於8達西之k(100)值。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件 有多於100達西之k( 100)值。 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元坪 有多於k(100)之18%之k(50)值。 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項之流體處理元件 有多於k(100)之25%之k(50)值》 7. 如申請專利範圍第6項之流體處理元件 有多於k(100)之35%之k(50)值。 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件 有多於k(100)之3.5%之在其30%飽和下之笨透性k(3〇)e 9. 如申請專利範圍第8項之流體處理元件,其中該元件具 有多於k(100)之5%之k(30)值。 10. 如申請專利範圍第9項之流*體處理元件,其中該元件具 有多於k(100)之10%之k(30)值。 其中該元件具 其中該元件具 其中該元件具 其中該元件具 其中該元件具 其中該元件具 I 1 ^^^1 -- U «1 —^1 1 . - - 1^1 ^^^1 ^^^1 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨〇><297公着) ------ A 49 46 7 Abs8 · C8 ---------- D8 '申請專利範圍 u·如申請專利範Ki項之流體處理元件,其中該元件具 有低於1 00公分之CSDH 50值。 12_如申請專利範圍第1丨項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有低於75公分之CSDH 50值》 A如申請專利範圍第12項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有低於50公分之CSDH 50值。 14.種具有毛細吸附脫附高度(CSDH 50),更具有在1〇〇% 飽和及在50%飽和下之液體滲透性汴(1〇〇)及k(5〇))之流 體處理元件, 其特徵為 其具有低於150公分之CSDH值,其在1〇〇%飽和下 之渗透性k( 1〇0)具有多於1達西之值,其具有多於k( 100) 之14%之在其50%飽和下之滲透性k(50),及其在說明 於文中之垂直浸潤試驗中,具有至少〇·〇45克/平方公分 /秒之在15公分浸潤高度下之通量。 15·如申請專利範圍第1 4項之流體處理元件,其具有至少 0.06克/平方公分/秒之在15公分浸潤高度下之通量β 經濟部t央椟隼局負工消費合作社印笨 -— —-I— HI ί ^^^1 ^1. n I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 16.如申請專利範圍第丨4項之流體處理元件,其具有至少 〇-1克/平方公分/秒之在1 5公分浸潤高度下之通量。 17-如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於2達西之k(100)值。 18. 如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於8達西之k(100)值。 19. 如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 本紙伕尺度逍用令國國家梯準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐) Λ 4 9 46 I . C8 ______ 08 六、申請專利範圍 具有多於100達西之k(l〇〇)值。 20. 如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於k(H)O)之18%之k(50)值。 21. 如申請專利範圍第20項之流體處理元件,其中續元件 具有多於k( 100)之25%之k(50)值。 22‘如申請專利範圍第2〇項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於k(100)之35%之k(50)值。 23, 如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於k(100)之3,5%之在其30%飽和下之渗透性 k(30)。 24, 如申請專利範圍第23項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於k(100)之5%之k(3〇Mi。 25, 如申請專利範圍第23項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有多於k(l〇〇)之10%之k(30)值。 26, 如申請專利範圍第I#項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有低於100公分之CSDH 50值》 27‘如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有低於75公分之CSDH 50值。 蛵濟部中央樣率局員工消爱合作社印製 nn ttt tn^ ^^^^1 ^^1 (請先閱讀背面之泣意事項存填寫本貫) 28.如申請專利範圍第14項之流體處理元件,其中該元件 具有低於50公分之cSDH 50值。 29’如申3青專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件,另包括親水 性、軟質之互連開孔的聚合泡沫塑料結構。 30.如申請專利範圍第29項之流體處理元件,其中該流體 處理元件在潤濕時會膨脹。. _____ -3- 本&張適财關豕樣準(CNS ) Α4^No. 88109633 Patent Application Text Patent Application Amendment (January 90) Product Application Patent Scope A8 B8 ifiEJ Employees' Cooperative Cooperatives Seal of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, which has a capacity of 50 cm in height. /. Capillary adsorption and desorption height (CSDH 50) fluid treatment element; it has liquid permeability (k (〖〇〇〇) and k (50)) at 100% saturation and 50% saturation, its characteristics The CSDH 50 value is less than 150 cm, k (100) has a value of more than 1 Darcy, and k (50) has a value of more than 14% of k (100). The fluid treatment element of item 1, wherein the element has a k (100) value of more than 2 Darcy. 3. If the fluid treatment element in item 1 of the patent application has a k (100) value of more than 8 Darcy. 4. If the fluid treatment element in item 1 of the patent application has a k (100) value of more than 100 Darcy. 5. If the fluid treatment yuanping of item 1 of the patent application scope has a k (50) value of more than 18% of k (100). 6. If the fluid treatment element in the scope of patent application No. 5 has a k (50) value of more than 25% of k (100) "7. If the fluid treatment element in the scope of patent application No. 6 has more than k (100) K (50) value of 35%. 8. If the fluid treatment element in item 1 of the scope of patent application has more than 3.5% of k (100), the clutter property k (3〇) e at 30% saturation 9. If in the scope of item 8 of patent application, Fluid treatment element, wherein the element has a k (30) value of more than 5% of k (100). 10. For a fluid processing element such as item 9 of the patent application scope, wherein the element has a k (30) value of more than 10% of k (100). Where the component is where the component is where the component is where the component is where the component is where the component is I 1 ^^^ 1-U «1 — ^ 1 1.--1 ^ 1 ^^^ 1 ^ ^^ 1 {Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 〇 > < 297) ------ A 49 46 7 Abs8 · C8 ---------- D8 'Scope of patent application u · For example, the fluid treatment element of the patent application Ki item, where the element has a CSDH 50 value lower than 100 cm. 12_If the fluid treatment element of the scope of patent application No. 1 丨, wherein the element has a CSDH 50 value of less than 75 cm "AIf the fluid treatment element of the scope of patent application No. 12, wherein the element has a CSDH 50 value. 14. A fluid treatment element having a capillary adsorption and desorption height (CSDH 50), and further having a liquid permeability (100% and k (50)) saturated at 100% and 50% saturated, It is characterized by having a CSDH value of less than 150 cm, its permeability k (100) at 100% saturation has a value of more than 1 Darcy, and it has a value of 14% more than k (100) Its permeability k (50) at its 50% saturation, and its vertical wetting test described in the text, has a flux of at least 0.045 g / cm2 / s at a wetting height of 15 cm. 15 · If the fluid treatment element of item 14 of the scope of patent application has a flux of at least 0.06 g / cm2 / s at an infiltration height of 15 cm? — —-I— HI ί ^^^ 1 ^ 1. N I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 16. If the fluid treatment element of item 丨 4 of the patent application scope has at least 0-1 The flux in grams per square centimeter per second at an infiltration height of 15 cm. 17- The fluid treatment element according to item 14 of the application, wherein the element has a k (100) value of more than 2 Darcy. 18. A fluid treatment element as claimed in claim 14 wherein the element has a k (100) value of more than 8 Darcy. 19. For example, the fluid treatment element in the scope of application for patent No. 14, in which the paper size of the element is not in accordance with the national standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Λ 4 9 46 I. C8 ______ 08 VI. Application The patent range has a k (100) value of more than 100 Darcy. 20. The fluid treatment element according to item 14 of the application, wherein the element has a k (50) value of more than 18% of k (H) O). 21. The fluid treatment element of claim 20, wherein the continuous element has a k (50) value of more than 25% of k (100). 22 ' The fluid treatment element as claimed in claim 20, wherein the element has a k (50) value of more than 35% of k (100). 23. The fluid treatment element according to item 14 of the application, wherein the element has a permeability k (30) of more than 3,5% of k (100) at its 30% saturation. 24. If the fluid treatment element according to item 23 of the patent application scope, wherein the element has a k (30Mi) of more than 5% of k (100). 25, if the fluid treatment element according to item 23 of the patent application scope, wherein The element has a k (30) value that is more than 10% of k (100). 26. For example, the fluid treatment element of the patent application scope item # 1, wherein the element has a CSDH 50 value of less than 100 cm "27 ' For example, the fluid treatment element under the scope of application for patent No. 14 wherein the element has a CSDH 50 value of less than 75 cm. Printed by the staff of the Central Sample Rate Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Co-operative Cooperative Society. (Please read the Weeping Matters on the back and fill in the original text) 28. If the fluid treatment element of the scope of application for the item 14 of the patent, the element has a cSDH 50 value of less than 50 cm. The fluid treatment element of item 1 further includes a hydrophilic, soft interconnected open-cell polymeric foam plastic structure. 30. The fluid treatment element of item 29 in the scope of patent application, wherein the fluid treatment element expands when wetted. . _____ -3- Ben & Zhang Shicai Pass (CNS) Α4 ^ 申請專利範圍 經濟部t央標準局貝工消費合作社印策 449 46 L如申請專利範圍第29項之流體處理元件,其中該流體 處理元件在失去液體時會再消癟。 32‘如申請專利範圍第29項之流體處理元件,其中該流體 處理元件在具有至少1 5公分之毛細管消癟塵力。 33.如申請專利範圍第29項之流體處理元件,其中該流體 處理元件在具有至少15克/克之自由吸收容量。 4.種包含如申請專利範圍第1項之流體處理元件之吸收 性物件,其更包括與該流體處理元件流體互通之第一液 體儲存區域。 35‘如申請專利範圍第34項之吸收性物件,其更包栝至少 第一液體儲存區域,其中該兩液體儲存區域皆與該流體 處理元件液體互通。 36. 如申請專利範圍第34項之吸.收性物件,其中至少一個 该液體儲存區域包含展現至少40公分之在其最大容量 之50%之毛細吸附吸收高度(CSAH 5〇)之材料。 37. 如申請專利範圍第34項之吸收性物件,另包括提供吸 收心材之總最终儲存容量之至少之最終液體儲存 材料。 38. 如申請專利範圍第34項之吸收性物件,另包括提供吸 收芯材之總最終儲存容量之至少9〇%之最終液體儲存 材料。 39. —種包含吸收芯材之吸收性物件,該吸收芯材包含兩腿 分叉區域及一或多個腰部區域,其中該兩腿分叉區域具 有較共同的該一或多個腰部區域低的最终流體儲存 ^^^1 - ^^^^1 ^^^^1 ^^^^1 1 i 一 J ψ I m J u _ - I - I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Scope of application for patents 449 46 L of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standards Bureau, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, such as the application of the fluid treatment element in the scope of patent application 29, where the fluid treatment element will disappear when it loses liquid. 32 ' The fluid treatment element according to item 29 of the patent application scope, wherein the fluid treatment element has a dust-removing power with a capillary of at least 15 cm. 33. The fluid treatment element of claim 29, wherein the fluid treatment element has a free absorption capacity of at least 15 g / g. 4. An absorbent article comprising a fluid treatment element as described in item 1 of the patent application scope, further comprising a first liquid storage area in fluid communication with the fluid treatment element. 35 ' The absorbent article according to item 34 of the patent application, further comprising at least a first liquid storage area, wherein both liquid storage areas are in liquid communication with the fluid processing element. 36. The suction-recoverable article according to item 34 of the patent application, wherein at least one of the liquid storage areas contains a material exhibiting a capillary adsorption absorption height (CSAH 50) of at least 40 cm at 50% of its maximum capacity. 37. If the absorbent article in the scope of patent application No. 34, also includes at least the final liquid storage material that provides the total final storage capacity of the absorbent core material. 38. If the absorbent article in the scope of patent application No. 34 further includes a final liquid storage material that provides at least 90% of the total final storage capacity of the absorbent core material. 39. An absorbent article comprising an absorbent core material, the absorbent core material comprising a bifurcated region of two legs and one or more waist regions, wherein the bifurcated region of the two legs is lower than the common one or more waist regions Final fluid storage ) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印裝 4494fe A8 BS · C8 _______D8 夂、申請專利範圍 力,及其中該兩腿分又區域包含如申請專利範圍第】項 之流體處理元件》 40·如申請專利範圍第39項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 又區域具有低於吸收芯材之平均最終流體儲存基容量 0.9倍之最終流體儲存基容量。 41,如申請專利範圍第40項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 叉區域具有低於吸收芯材之平均最終流體儲存基容量 〇. 5倍之最終流體儲存基容量。 42‘如申請專利範圍第4 1項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 叉區域具有低於吸收芯材之平均最終流體儲存基容量 〇 · 3倍之最終流體儲存基容量。 43. 如申請專利範圍第39項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 又區域具有低於總芯材最終流體儲存容量之4 9 %之部 分最終流體儲存容量。 44. 如申請專利範圍第39項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 叉區域具有低於總芯材最終流體儲存容量之4 1 %之部 分最终流體儲存容量。 45. 如申請專利範圍第39項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 又區域具有低於總芯材最終流體儲存容量之23°/。之部 分最終流體儲存容量。 46. 如申請專利範圍第39項之吸收性物件,其中該兩腿分 叉區域面積之至少50 %基本上不含有最終儲存容量。 47. 如申凊專利範圍第3 9項之吸收性物件,其中該最终儲 存容量之低於50%係位在兩腿分叉區前向之物件的前 I In n n I _ I I {* _ n T c請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -5-Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards and Quarantine, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, 4494fe A8 BS · C8 _______D8 夂, the scope of the patent application force, and the two legs and the area containing the fluid treatment element as described in item [Scope of patent application] The absorbent article according to item 39 of the patent, wherein the two-legged region has a final fluid storage base capacity which is 0.9 times lower than the average final fluid storage base capacity of the absorbent core material. 41. The absorbent article according to item 40 of the patent application scope, wherein the bifurcation area of the two legs has a final fluid storage base capacity which is 0.5 times lower than the average final fluid storage base capacity of the absorbent core material. 42 ' The absorbent article according to item 41 of the patent application scope, wherein the bifurcation area of the two legs has an average final fluid storage base capacity which is 0.3 times lower than the average final fluid storage base capacity of the absorbent core material. 43. For an absorbent article according to item 39 of the patent application, wherein the two-legged area has a final fluid storage capacity of less than 49% of the total core fluid final storage capacity. 44. The absorbent article according to item 39 of the patent application, wherein the bifurcation area of the two legs has a final fluid storage capacity that is less than 41% of the total fluid storage capacity of the core material. 45. For an absorbent article according to item 39 of the patent application, wherein the two-legged area has a final fluid storage capacity of less than 23 ° / of the total core material. Part of the final fluid storage capacity. 46. For an absorbent article according to item 39 of the patent application, wherein at least 50% of the area of the bifurcation area of the two legs does not substantially contain the final storage capacity. 47. For example, the absorbent article of the 39th patent scope, wherein the final storage capacity is less than 50% of the front I In nn I _ II {* _ n T c Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) -5- 449 46 7 Αδ - Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 半部中,及該最終儲存容量之多於50%係位在物件之後 半部。 48.如申請專利範圍第47項之吸收性物件,其中該最終儲 存容量之低於3 3 %係位在兩腿分叉區前向之物件的前 半部中,及該最終儲存容量之多於67%係位在物件之後 半部6 ii m* mV kill ift^i 1· --11 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消费合作社印策 -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨0 X :297公釐)449 46 7 Αδ-Β8 C8 D8 VI. Scope of patent application In the half, and more than 50% of the final storage capacity is located in the back half of the object. 48. The absorbent article according to item 47 of the patent application scope, wherein the final storage capacity is less than 33% in the front half of the article facing forward of the bifurcation area of the legs, and the final storage capacity is more than 67% is in the second half of the object 6 ii m * mV kill ift ^ i 1 · --11 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 X: 297 mm)
TW088109633A 1998-03-13 1999-06-09 Fluid handling member and absorbent article comprising the same TW449467B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/US1998/005041 WO1999045876A1 (en) 1998-03-13 1998-03-13 Liquid distribution materials with improved distribution properties under sub-saturation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW449467B true TW449467B (en) 2001-08-11

Family

ID=22266591

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW088109633A TW449467B (en) 1998-03-13 1999-06-09 Fluid handling member and absorbent article comprising the same

Country Status (18)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1061883A1 (en)
KR (1) KR100555155B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1299261A (en)
AR (1) AR018156A1 (en)
AU (2) AU6555998A (en)
BR (1) BR9908747A (en)
CA (1) CA2322498C (en)
CO (1) CO5090872A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20003276A3 (en)
EG (1) EG21983A (en)
HU (1) HU224283B1 (en)
IL (1) IL138255A (en)
IN (1) IN2000DE00173A (en)
MX (1) MXPA00008959A (en)
TR (1) TR200002635T2 (en)
TW (1) TW449467B (en)
WO (2) WO1999045876A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA991996B (en)

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU6556098A (en) * 1998-03-13 1999-09-27 Procter & Gamble Company, The Absorbent structures comprising fluid storage members with improved ability to dewater distribution members
EG22761A (en) * 2000-06-29 2003-07-30 Shell Int Research Method of transferring fluids through a permeable well lining
US8147472B2 (en) 2003-11-24 2012-04-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Folded absorbent product
CN101257875A (en) 2005-09-06 2008-09-03 泰科保健集团有限合伙公司 Self contained wound dressing with micropump
US20080275415A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2008-11-06 Wheeler Katherine C Gender-specific, disposable, adult-incontinence articles
JP5784829B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2015-09-24 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブルカンパニー Absorbent structure containing oil scavenger component
CN107252383A (en) 2011-07-14 2017-10-17 史密夫及内修公开有限公司 Wound dressing and treatment method
JP6400570B2 (en) 2012-05-23 2018-10-10 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Apparatus and method for local negative pressure closure therapy
BR112015002116A2 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-08-22 Smith & Nephew WOUND DRESSING AND TREATMENT METHOD
JP6307504B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2018-04-04 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Wound dressing
EP3666237B1 (en) 2014-06-18 2023-11-01 Smith & Nephew plc Wound dressing
IL245656B (en) 2016-05-16 2018-02-28 Technion Res & Dev Foundation Superabsorbent polymeric structures
WO2018002916A1 (en) 2016-06-26 2018-01-04 Technion Research & Development Foundation Limited Hhh
IL247302B (en) 2016-08-16 2019-03-31 Technion Res & Dev Foundation Polyhipe-based substance-releasing systems
GB2555584B (en) 2016-10-28 2020-05-27 Smith & Nephew Multi-layered wound dressing and method of manufacture
WO2019016816A1 (en) 2017-07-19 2019-01-24 Technion Research & Development Foundation Limited Doubly-crosslinked, emulsion-templated hydrogels through reversible metal coordination
IL255404B (en) 2017-11-02 2018-10-31 Technion Res & Dev Foundation Hipe-templated zwitterionic hydrogels, process of preparation and uses thereof
CN116348077A (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-06-27 宝洁公司 Wearable article comprising elastic laminate with good wicking properties

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3575174A (en) 1969-07-11 1971-04-20 Personal Products Co Sanitary napkin
US3952745A (en) 1974-11-19 1976-04-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having readily flushable absorbent media and improved pad intergrity in use
US4578068A (en) 1983-12-20 1986-03-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent laminate structure
US4898642A (en) 1986-06-27 1990-02-06 The Procter & Gamble Cellulose Company Twisted, chemically stiffened cellulosic fibers and absorbent structures made therefrom
US4781710A (en) 1987-05-15 1988-11-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent pad having improved liquid distribution
US4988344A (en) 1988-05-24 1991-01-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with multiple layer absorbent layers
CA2014203C (en) 1989-05-08 2000-03-21 Margaret Gwyn Latimer Absorbent structure having improved fluid surge management and product incorporating same
US5147345A (en) * 1991-08-12 1992-09-15 The Procter & Gamble Company High efficiency absorbent articles for incontinence management
NZ268535A (en) 1993-06-30 1998-05-27 Procter & Gamble Absorbent article comprising layers of superabsorbent material
US5849000A (en) * 1994-12-29 1998-12-15 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent structure having improved liquid permeability
US5843852A (en) * 1995-12-21 1998-12-01 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent structure for liquid distribution
US5855572A (en) * 1996-03-22 1999-01-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent components having a fluid acquisition zone
ATE212212T1 (en) * 1996-05-28 2002-02-15 Procter & Gamble LIQUID DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS WITH IMPROVED WICKING PROPERTIES

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HU224283B1 (en) 2005-07-28
HUP0102368A3 (en) 2001-11-28
WO1999047092A1 (en) 1999-09-23
EP1061883A1 (en) 2000-12-27
TR200002635T2 (en) 2000-12-21
EG21983A (en) 2002-05-31
IL138255A (en) 2005-12-18
CN1299261A (en) 2001-06-13
CZ20003276A3 (en) 2001-01-17
BR9908747A (en) 2000-12-26
IL138255A0 (en) 2001-10-31
AU6555998A (en) 1999-09-27
KR20010041759A (en) 2001-05-25
WO1999045876A1 (en) 1999-09-16
KR100555155B1 (en) 2006-03-03
AR018156A1 (en) 2001-10-31
ZA991996B (en) 1999-10-27
MXPA00008959A (en) 2001-05-01
AU2634199A (en) 1999-10-11
CA2322498C (en) 2005-03-29
CO5090872A1 (en) 2001-10-30
HUP0102368A2 (en) 2001-10-28
MX216810B (en) 2003-10-08
IN2000DE00173A (en) 2006-03-03
CA2322498A1 (en) 1999-09-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW449467B (en) Fluid handling member and absorbent article comprising the same
US6570057B1 (en) Absorbent articles with improved distribution properties under sur-saturation
US6664439B1 (en) Absorbent articles with distribution materials positioned underneath storage material
JP4498603B2 (en) Absorbent product with dispensing material located under storage material
US6107538A (en) Absorbent members for absorbing body liquids
US5268224A (en) Absorbent foam materials for aqueous body fluids and absorbent articles containing such materials
CA2114958C (en) Absorbent foam materials for aqueous body fluids and absorbent articles containing such materials
US6372953B1 (en) Absorbent members comprising a high surface area material for absorbing body liquids
CZ20003299A3 (en) Absorbent materials for distributing aqueous liquids
CZ20003277A3 (en) Absorption structures comprising elements of liquid retention and enhanced ability to remove water from distribution elements
MXPA00008953A (en) Absorbent members comprising a large area surface material to absorb corporate liquids
EP1061876B1 (en) Absorbent articles with improved distribution properties under sub-saturation
CZ20003275A3 (en) Absorption articles with enhanced properties of distributing liquids under conditions of low saturation level thereof
JP2002506683A (en) Liquid distribution material with improved distribution characteristics under subsaturation
MXPA00008952A (en) Absorbent articles with improved distribution properties under sub-saturation
CZ20003902A3 (en) Absorption article with distribution materials placed underneath collecting material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees